NewzIntel.com

    • Checkout Page
    • Contact Us
    • Default Redirect Page
    • Frontpage
    • Home-2
    • Home-3
    • Lost Password
    • Member Login
    • Member LogOut
    • Member TOS Page
    • My Account
    • NewzIntel Alert Control-Panel
    • NewzIntel Latest Reports
    • Post Views Counter
    • Privacy Policy
    • Public Individual Page
    • Register
    • Subscription Plan
    • Thank You Page

Category: Commerce

  • MIL-OSI: Valley National Bancorp Announces Third Quarter 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Valley National Bancorp (NASDAQ:VLY), the holding company for Valley National Bank, today reported net income for the third quarter 2024 of $97.9 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, as compared to the second quarter 2024 net income of $70.4 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, and net income of $141.3 million, or $0.27 per diluted common share, for the third quarter 2023. Excluding all non-core income and charges, our adjusted net income (a non-GAAP measure) was $96.8 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, for the third quarter 2024, $71.6 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the second quarter 2024, and $136.4 million, or $0.26 per diluted common share, for the third quarter 2023. See further details below, including a reconciliation of our non-GAAP adjusted net income, in the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables.

    Ira Robbins, CEO, commented, “The third quarter’s financial results highlight the significant progress that we continue to make towards achieving our strategic balance sheet goals. On October 23, 2024, we entered into an agreement to sell performing commercial real estate loans expected to total over $800 million at a very modest discount of approximately 1 percent to a single investor. This economically compelling transaction is expected to close in the fourth quarter 2024 and reflects the strength and desirability of our commercial real estate portfolio. We have executed on a variety of strategic transactions this year that have notably strengthened our balance sheet and enhanced our financial flexibility.”

    Mr. Robbins continued, “This quarter’s results also indicated the early stages of normalized profitability which we expect will accelerate as we enter 2025. Net interest income and non-interest income both improved meaningfully from the second quarter 2024, and our operating expenses were well-controlled and effectively unchanged on a year-over-year basis. While recent weather events weighed on the sequential provision improvement that we anticipated, our pre-provision earnings continued to improve during the third quarter and could set the stage for more stable results in the near future. And most importantly, our thoughts are with those affected by the recent hurricanes in our Florida markets and the other areas in the southeast. We are strongly committed to supporting our associates, clients and communities throughout the rebuilding and recovery process.”

    Key financial highlights for the third quarter 2024:

    • Net Interest Income and Margin: Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $411.8 million for the third quarter 2024 increased $8.8 million compared to the second quarter 2024 and decreased $1.8 million as compared to the third quarter 2023. Our net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis also increased by 2 basis points to 2.86 percent in the third quarter 2024 as compared to 2.84 percent for the second quarter 2024. The increases from the second quarter 2024 were mostly due to continued yield expansion on average loans and additional interest income and higher yields from targeted growth within our available for sale securities portfolio. See the “Net Interest Income and Margin” section below for more details.
    • Loan Portfolio: Total loans decreased $956.4 million, or 7.6 percent on an annualized basis, to $49.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mostly due to the transfer of performing commercial real estate loans totaling $823.1 million, net of unearned fees, to loans held for sale at September 30, 2024 and normal repayment activity mainly within the commercial real estate non-owner occupied and multi-family loans, as we continue to actively reduce these loan categories. Our commercial and industrial loans grew $320.1 million, or 13.5 percent on an annualized basis, to $9.8 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 due to solid organic growth during the third quarter 2024. Residential mortgage and total consumer loans also increased modestly during the third quarter 2024. See the “Loans” section below for more details.
    • Deposits: Actual ending balances for deposits increased $283.8 million to $50.4 billion at September 30, 2024 as compared to $50.1 billion at June 30, 2024 mainly due to higher period-end direct commercial customer money market and non-interest bearing deposits, partially offset by a decline in time deposits. See the “Deposits” section below for more details.
    • Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses for Loans: The allowance for credit losses for loans totaled $564.7 million and $532.5 million at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively, representing 1.14 percent and 1.06 percent of total loans at each respective date. During the third quarter 2024, we recorded a provision for credit losses for loans of $75.0 million as compared to $82.1 million and $9.1 million for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. The third quarter 2024 provision reflects, among other factors, increased quantitative reserves allocated to commercial real estate loans, significant commercial and industrial loan growth and $8.0 million of qualitative reserves related to the estimated impact of Hurricane Helene, which hit Florida in late September 2024.
    • Credit Quality: Non-accrual loans totaled $296.3 million, or 0.60 percent of total loans at September 30, 2024 as compared to $303.3 million, or 0.60 percent of total loans at June 30, 2024. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) increased to 0.35 percent of total loans at September 30, 2024 as compared to 0.14 percent at June 30, 2024 largely due to two well-secured commercial real estate loans at various stages of expected collection within the early stage delinquency categories. Net loan charge-offs totaled $42.9 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to $36.8 million and $5.5 million for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. The loan charge-offs in the third quarter 2024 included partial charge-offs totaling a combined $30.1 million related to two commercial real estate loan relationships. See the “Credit Quality” section below for more details.
    • Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income increased $9.5 million to $60.7 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 mainly due to increases in other income; wealth management and trust fees; and service charges on deposits totaling $11.2 million, $2.0 million, and $1.6 million, respectively. The increases in the aforementioned categories were partially offset by a $5.8 million mark to market loss (recorded within net losses on sales of loans) associated with the performing commercial real estate loans transferred to loans held for sale at September 30, 2024, as well as lower swap fees related to commercial loan transactions (within capital market fees) and insurance commissions. The increase in other income was mostly the result of income from litigation settlements totaling $7.3 million for the third quarter 2024.
    • Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense decreased $8.0 million to $269.5 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 largely due to a $6.2 million decrease in technology, furniture and equipment expense and a $3.8 million decrease in professional and legal expenses, partially offset by higher net occupancy expense during the third quarter 2024.
    • Efficiency Ratio: Our efficiency ratio was 56.13 percent for the third quarter 2024 as compared to 59.62 percent and 56.72 percent for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • Performance Ratios: Annualized return on average assets (ROA), shareholders’ equity (ROE) and tangible ROE were 0.63 percent, 5.70 percent and 8.06 percent for the third quarter 2024, respectively. Annualized ROA, ROE, and tangible ROE, adjusted for non-core income and charges, were 0.62 percent, 5.64 percent and 7.97 percent for the third quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $411.8 million for the third quarter 2024 increased $8.8 million compared to the second quarter 2024 and decreased $1.8 million as compared to the third quarter 2023. Interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $27.1 million to $861.9 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024. The increase was mostly due to higher yields on both new loan originations and adjustable rate loans, as well as higher yields and additional interest income from targeted purchases of taxable investments within the available for sale securities portfolio during the second and third quarter 2024. Total interest expense increased $18.3 million to $450.1 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 mainly due to an increase in average time deposit balances coupled with higher costs on most interest bearing deposit products. See the “Deposits” and “Other Borrowings” sections below for more details.

    Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis of 2.86 percent for the third quarter 2024 increased by 2 basis points from 2.84 percent for the second quarter 2024 and decreased 5 basis points from 2.91 percent for the third quarter 2023. The increase as compared to the second quarter 2024 was largely driven by the higher yield on average interest earning assets largely offset by an increase in the cost of average interest bearing liabilities. The yield on average interest earning assets increased by 10 basis points to 5.98 percent on a linked quarter basis largely due to higher yielding investment purchases and new loan originations during the second and third quarter 2024. The overall cost of average interest bearing liabilities increased 7 basis points to 4.22 percent for the third quarter 2024 as compared to the second quarter 2024 largely due to higher interest rates on deposits. Our cost of total average deposits was 3.25 percent for the third quarter 2024 as compared to 3.18 percent and 2.94 percent for the second quarter 2024 and the third quarter 2023, respectively.

    Loans, Deposits and Other Borrowings

    Loans. Total loans decreased $956.4 million, or 7.6 percent on an annualized basis, to $49.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024. Commercial and industrial loans grew by $320.1 million , or 13.5 percent on an annualized basis, to $9.8 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 largely due to our continued strategic focus on the expansion of new loan production within this category. Total commercial real estate (including construction) loans decreased $1.4 billion to $30.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024. This decline was primarily driven by the transfer of $823.1 million of commercial real estate loans, net of unearned loan fees, from the loans held for investment portfolio to loans held for sale as of September 30, 2024. In addition, we remained highly selective on new originations and projects in an effort to reduce commercial real estate loan concentrations, mainly within the non-owner occupied and multifamily loan categories. Automobile loan balances increased by $60.9 million, or 13.8 percent on an annualized basis, to $1.8 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mainly due to continued consumer demand generated by our indirect auto dealer network and low prepayment activity within the portfolio. Other consumer loans decreased $42.4 million, or 15.3 percent on an annualized basis, to $1.1 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 primarily due to the negative impact of the high level of market interest rates on the demand and usage of collateralized personal lines of credit.

    Deposits. Actual ending balances for deposits increased $283.8 million to $50.4 billion at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mainly due to an increase of $358.3 million in savings, NOW and money market deposits and an increase of $36.0 million in non-interest bearing deposits, partially offset by a decrease of $110.5 million in time deposits. Non-interest bearing deposit and savings, NOW and money market deposit balances increased at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mostly due to increases in national specialized deposits and higher direct commercial customer deposit accounts. Total indirect customer deposits (including both brokered money market and time deposits) totaled $9.1 billion in both September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024. Non-interest bearing deposits; savings, NOW and money market deposits; and time deposits represented approximately 22 percent, 50 percent and 28 percent of total deposits as of September 30, 2024, respectively, as compared to 22 percent, 49 percent and 29 percent of total deposits as of June 30, 2024, respectively.

    Other Borrowings. Short-term borrowings, consisting of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, decreased $5.5 million to $58.3 million at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024. Long-term borrowings totaled $3.3 billion at September 30, 2024 and also remained relatively unchanged as compared to June 30, 2024.

    Credit Quality

    Hurricanes Helene and Milton. In the early stages of the fourth quarter 2024, the credit quality of our Florida loan portfolio has remained resilient in the aftermath of Hurricane Helene, which hit Florida in late September 2024, and Hurricane Milton, which made landfall on October 9, 2024. At this time, there have been relatively few loan concessions (mostly in the form of loan payment deferrals up to 90 days) for distressed borrowers impacted by the hurricanes. However, we continue to assess the impact of the hurricanes on our Florida client base and, where appropriate, we will work constructively with individual borrowers.

    Non-Performing Assets (NPAs). Total NPAs, consisting of non-accrual loans, other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, decreased $7.8 million to $305.1 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024. Non-accrual loans decreased $7.0 million to $296.3 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to $303.3 million at June 30, 2024. Non-accrual construction and commercial real estate loans decreased $20.7 million and $9.3 million to $24.7 million and $113.8 million, respectively, at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 mainly due to loan payoffs during the third quarter 2024. The decreases in these loan categories were partially offset by two new non-accrual commercial and industrial loans totaling $19.0 million, as well as moderate increases in non-accrual residential mortgage and consumer loans at September 30, 2024. OREO decreased $887 thousand at September 30, 2024 from June 30, 2024 mostly due to the sale of one commercial property, which resulted in the recognition of an immaterial loss for the third quarter 2024.

    Accruing Past Due Loans. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) increased $102.3 million to $174.7 million, or 0.35 percent of total loans, at September 30, 2024 as compared to $72.4 million, or 0.14 percent of total loans at June 30, 2024. Loans 30 to 59 days past due increased $69.1 million to $115.1 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 mainly due to a $74.5 million increase in commercial real estate loans, partially offset by a $7.0 million decline in consumer loan delinquencies. The increase in commercial real estate loans 30 to 59 days past due was mostly due to one new delinquent loan totaling $40.9 million, which is expected to be fully repaid, subject to the borrower’s pending sale of certain collateral, as well as a few other new loan delinquencies. Loans 60 to 89 days past due increased $42.9 million to $54.8 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 mostly due to one well-secured commercial real estate loan totaling $43.9 million currently in the process of loan modification. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $9.7 million to $4.8 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to June 30, 2024 largely due to one $4.0 million construction loan that was fully repaid and one $4.2 million commercial real estate loan that migrated from this past due category to non-accrual loans during the third quarter 2024. All loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest are well-secured and in the process of collection.

    Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans and Unfunded Commitments. The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to loan categories and the allocation as a percentage of each loan category at September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023:

        September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
            Allocation       Allocation       Allocation
            as a % of       as a % of       as a % of
        Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan
      Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category
      ($ in thousands)
    Loan Category:                      
    Commercial and industrial loans $ 166,365   1.70 %   $ 149,243   1.57 %   $ 133,988   1.44 %
    Commercial real estate loans:                      
      Commercial real estate   249,608   0.93       246,316   0.87       191,562   0.68  
      Construction   59,420   1.70       54,777   1.54       53,485   1.40  
    Total commercial real estate loans   309,028   1.02       301,093   0.95       245,047   0.77  
    Residential mortgage loans   51,545   0.91       47,697   0.85       44,621   0.80  
    Consumer loans:                      
      Home equity   3,303   0.57       3,077   0.54       3,689   0.67  
      Auto and other consumer   18,086   0.63       18,200   0.63       14,830   0.52  
    Total consumer loans   21,389   0.62       21,277   0.62       18,519   0.55  
    Allowance for loan losses   548,327   1.11       519,310   1.03       442,175   0.88  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   16,344         13,231         20,170    
    Total allowance for credit losses for loans $ 564,671       $ 532,541       $ 462,345    
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % total loans     1.14 %       1.06 %       0.92 %
                                 

    Our loan portfolio, totaling $49.4 billion at September 30, 2024, had net loan charge-offs totaling $42.9 million for the third quarter 2024 as compared to $36.8 million and $5.5 million for the second quarter 2024 and the third quarter 2023, respectively. Total gross loan charge-offs in the third quarter 2024 included partial charge-offs totaling $30.1 million related to two non-performing commercial real estate loan relationships that had combined specific reserves of $25.9 million within the allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2024.

    The allowance for credit losses for loans, comprised of our allowance for loan losses and unfunded credit commitments, as a percentage of total loans was 1.14 percent at September 30, 2024, 1.06 percent at June 30, 2024, and 0.92 percent at September 30, 2023. For the third quarter 2024, the provision for credit losses for loans totaled $75.0 million as compared to $82.1 million and $9.1 million for the second quarter 2024 and third quarter 2023, respectively. The provision for credit losses remained somewhat elevated for the third quarter 2024 largely due to higher quantitative reserves allocated to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loan growth and $8.0 million of qualitative reserves related to the estimated impact of Hurricane Helene.

    The allowance for unfunded credit commitments increased to $16.3 million at September 30, 2024 from $13.2 million at June 30, 2024 mainly due to increases in both non-cancellable construction commitments and commercial and industrial standby letters of credit.

    As previously noted, we are currently evaluating the impact of Hurricane Milton, and we also continue to evaluate any further impact of Hurricane Helene, on our loan portfolio. While not anticipated based on information currently available, Hurricane Milton and unexpected losses from Hurricane Helene could result in a significant increase to the current hurricane related reserves within the allowance, loan charge-offs and our provision for the fourth quarter 2024.

    Capital Adequacy

    Valley’s total risk-based capital, common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios were 12.56 percent, 9.57 percent, 10.29 percent and 8.40 percent, respectively, at September 30, 2024 as compared to 12.18 percent, 9.55 percent, 9.99 percent and 8.19 percent, respectively, at June 30, 2024. The increases in the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as compared to June 30, 2024 were largely due to Valley’s issuance of 6.0 million shares of its 8.250 percent Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C on August 5, 2024. Net proceeds to Valley after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses were approximately $144.7 million.

    Investor Conference Call

    Valley will host a conference call with investors and the financial community at 11:00 AM (ET) today to discuss the third quarter 2024 earnings and related matters. Interested parties should preregister using this link: https://register.vevent.com/register to receive the dial-in number and a personal PIN, which are required to access the conference call. The teleconference will also be webcast live: https://edge.media-server.com and archived on Valley’s website through Monday, December 2, 2024. Investor presentation materials will be made available prior to the conference call at www.valley.com.

    About Valley

    As the principal subsidiary of Valley National Bancorp, Valley National Bank is a regional bank with over $62 billion in assets. Valley is committed to giving people and businesses the power to succeed. Valley operates many convenient branch locations and commercial banking offices across New Jersey, New York, Florida, Alabama, California and Illinois, and is committed to providing the most convenient service, the latest innovations and an experienced and knowledgeable team dedicated to meeting customer needs. Helping communities grow and prosper is the heart of Valley’s corporate citizenship philosophy. To learn more about Valley, go to www.valley.com or call our Customer Care Center at 800-522-4100.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    The foregoing contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about our business, new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “intend,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “would,” “could,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” “may,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “project” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • the impact of market interest rates and monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies in connection with the prolonged inflationary pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our clients, our business, our employees, and our ability to provide services to our customers;
    • the impact of unfavorable macroeconomic conditions or downturns, including an actual or threatened U.S. government shutdown, debt default or rating downgrade, instability or volatility in financial markets, unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, increased business disruptions or failures, reductions in employment, and other potential negative effects on our business, employees or clients caused by factors outside of our control, such as the outcome of the 2024 U.S. presidential election, geopolitical instabilities or events (including the Israel-Hamas war and the escalation and regional expansion thereof); natural and other disasters (including severe weather events, such as Hurricanes Helene and Milton); health emergencies; acts of terrorism; or other external events;
    • the impact of potential instability within the U.S. financial sector in the aftermath of the banking failures in 2023 and continued volatility thereafter, including the possibility of a run on deposits by a coordinated deposit base, and the impact of the actual or perceived soundness, or concerns about the creditworthiness of other financial institutions, including any resulting disruption within the financial markets, increased expenses, including Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments, or adverse impact on our stock price, deposits or our ability to borrow or raise capital;
    • the impact of negative public opinion regarding Valley or banks in general that damages our reputation and adversely impacts business and revenues;
    • changes in the statutes, regulations, policy, or enforcement priorities of the federal bank regulatory agencies;
    • the loss of or decrease in lower-cost funding sources within our deposit base;
    • damage verdicts or settlements or restrictions related to existing or potential class action litigation or individual litigation arising from claims of violations of laws or regulations, contractual claims, breach of fiduciary responsibility, negligence, fraud, environmental laws, patent, trademark or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation, employment related claims, and other matters;
    • a prolonged downturn and contraction in the economy, as well as an unexpected decline in commercial real estate values collateralizing a significant portion of our loan portfolio;
    • higher or lower than expected income tax expense or tax rates, including increases or decreases resulting from changes in uncertain tax position liabilities, tax laws, regulations, and case law;
    • the inability to grow customer deposits to keep pace with loan growth;
    • a material change in our allowance for credit losses under CECL due to forecasted economic conditions and/or unexpected credit deterioration in our loan and investment portfolios;
    • the need to supplement debt or equity capital to maintain or exceed internal capital thresholds;
    • changes in our business, strategy, market conditions or other factors that may negatively impact the estimated fair value of our goodwill and other intangible assets and result in future impairment charges;
    • greater than expected technology related costs due to, among other factors, prolonged or failed implementations, additional project staffing and obsolescence caused by continuous and rapid market innovations;
    • cyberattacks, ransomware attacks, computer viruses, malware or other cybersecurity incidents that may breach the security of our websites or other systems or networks to obtain unauthorized access to personal, confidential, proprietary or sensitive information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage our systems or networks;
    • results of examinations by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Federal Reserve Bank, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for credit losses, write-down assets, reimburse customers, change the way we do business, or limit or eliminate certain other banking activities;
    • application of the OCC heightened regulatory standards for certain large insured national banks, and the expenses we will incur to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with the enhanced standards applicable to us;
    • our inability or determination not to pay dividends at current levels, or at all, because of inadequate earnings, regulatory restrictions or limitations, changes in our capital requirements, or a decision to increase capital by retaining more earnings;
    • unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on our business caused by severe weather, pandemics or other public health crises, acts of terrorism or other external events;
    • our ability to successfully execute our business plan and strategic initiatives; and
    • unexpected significant declines in the loan portfolio due to the lack of economic expansion, increased competition, large prepayments, risk mitigation strategies, changes in regulatory lending guidance or other factors.

    A detailed discussion of factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

    We undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in our expectations, except as required by law. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    -Tables to Follow-

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data and stock price) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    FINANCIAL DATA:                  
    Net interest income – FTE(1) $ 411,812     $ 402,984     $ 413,657     $ 1,209,643     $ 1,272,390  
    Net interest income $ 410,498     $ 401,685     $ 412,418     $ 1,205,731     $ 1,268,203  
    Non-interest income   60,671       51,213       58,664       173,299       173,038  
    Total revenue   471,169       452,898       471,082       1,379,030       1,441,241  
    Non-interest expense   269,471       277,497       267,133       827,278       822,270  
    Pre-provision net revenue   201,698       175,401       203,949       551,752       618,971  
    Provision for credit losses   75,024       82,070       9,117       202,294       29,604  
    Income tax expense   28,818       22,907       53,486       84,898       162,410  
    Net income   97,856       70,424       141,346       264,560       426,957  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,117       4,108       4,127       14,344       12,031  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 91,739     $ 66,316     $ 137,219     $ 250,216     $ 414,926  
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                  
    Basic   509,227,538       509,141,252       507,650,668       508,904,353       507,580,197  
    Diluted   511,342,932       510,338,502       509,256,599       510,713,205       509,204,051  
    Per common share data:                  
    Basic earnings $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.27     $ 0.49     $ 0.82  
    Diluted earnings   0.18       0.13       0.27       0.49       0.81  
    Cash dividends declared   0.11       0.11       0.11       0.33       0.33  
    Closing stock price – high   9.34       8.02       10.30       10.80       12.59  
    Closing stock price – low   6.58       6.52       7.63       6.52       6.59  
    FINANCIAL RATIOS:                  
    Net interest margin   2.85 %     2.83 %     2.90 %     2.82 %     2.99 %
    Net interest margin – FTE(1)   2.86       2.84       2.91       2.83       3.00  
    Annualized return on average assets   0.63       0.46       0.92       0.57       0.93  
    Annualized return on avg. shareholders’ equity   5.70       4.17       8.56       5.20       8.72  
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS:(2)                  
    Basic earnings per share, as adjusted $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.26     $ 0.50     $ 0.84  
    Diluted earnings per share, as adjusted   0.18       0.13       0.26       0.50       0.84  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted   0.62 %     0.47 %     0.89 %     0.58 %     0.96 %
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   5.64       4.24       8.26       5.27       8.94  
    Annualized return on avg. tangible shareholders’ equity   8.06       5.95       12.39       7.40       12.71  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   7.97       6.05       11.95       7.50       13.04  
    Efficiency ratio   56.13       59.62       56.72       58.26       55.34  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ITEMS:                  
    Assets $ 62,242,022     $ 61,518,639     $ 61,391,688     $ 61,674,588     $ 61,050,973  
    Interest earning assets   57,651,650       56,772,950       56,802,565       57,016,790       56,510,997  
    Loans   50,126,963       50,020,901       50,019,414       50,131,468       49,120,153  
    Interest bearing liabilities   42,656,956       41,576,344       40,829,078       41,932,616       39,802,966  
    Deposits   50,409,234       49,383,209       49,848,446       49,459,617       48,165,152  
    Shareholders’ equity   6,862,555       6,753,981       6,605,786       6,781,022       6,531,424  
                                           
      As Of
    BALANCE SHEET ITEMS: September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December   September 30,
    (In thousands) 2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Assets $ 62,092,332     $ 62,058,974     $ 61,000,188     $ 60,934,974     $ 61,183,352  
    Total loans   49,355,319       50,311,702       49,922,042       50,210,295       50,097,519  
    Deposits   50,395,966       50,112,177       49,077,946       49,242,829       49,885,314  
    Shareholders’ equity   6,972,380       6,737,737       6,727,139       6,701,391       6,627,299  
                       
    LOANS:                  
    (In thousands)                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 9,799,287     $ 9,479,147     $ 9,104,193     $ 9,230,543     $ 9,274,630  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Non-owner occupied   12,647,649       13,710,015       14,962,851       15,078,464       14,741,668  
    Multifamily   8,612,936       8,976,264       8,818,263       8,860,219       8,863,529  
    Owner occupied   5,654,147       5,536,844       4,367,839       4,304,556       4,435,853  
    Construction   3,487,464       3,545,723       3,556,511       3,726,808       3,833,269  
    Total commercial real estate   30,402,196       31,768,846       31,705,464       31,970,047       31,874,319  
    Residential mortgage   5,684,079       5,627,113       5,618,355       5,569,010       5,562,665  
    Consumer:                  
    Home equity   581,181       566,467       564,083       559,152       548,918  
    Automobile   1,823,738       1,762,852       1,700,508       1,620,389       1,585,987  
    Other consumer   1,064,838       1,107,277       1,229,439       1,261,154       1,251,000  
    Total consumer loans   3,469,757       3,436,596       3,494,030       3,440,695       3,385,905  
    Total loans $ 49,355,319     $ 50,311,702     $ 49,922,042     $ 50,210,295     $ 50,097,519  
                       
    CAPITAL RATIOS:                  
    Book value per common share $ 13.00     $ 12.82     $ 12.81     $ 12.79     $ 12.64  
    Tangible book value per common share(2)   9.06       8.87       8.84       8.79       8.63  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets(2)   7.68 %     7.52 %     7.62 %     7.58 %     7.40 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital   8.40       8.19       8.20       8.16       8.08  
    Common equity tier 1 capital   9.57       9.55       9.34       9.29       9.21  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   10.29       9.99       9.78       9.72       9.64  
    Total risk-based capital   12.56       12.18       11.88       11.76       11.68  
                                           
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES: September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Allowance for credit losses for loans                  
    Beginning balance $ 532,541     $ 487,269     $ 458,676     $ 465,550     $ 483,255  
    Impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2022-02   —       —       —       —       (1,368 )
    Beginning balance, adjusted   532,541       487,269       458,676       465,550       481,887  
    Loans charged-off:                  
    Commercial and industrial   (7,501 )     (14,721 )     (7,487 )     (36,515 )     (37,399 )
    Commercial real estate   (33,292 )     (22,144 )     (255 )     (56,640 )     (2,320 )
    Construction   (4,831 )     (212 )     —       (12,637 )     (9,906 )
    Residential mortgage   —       —       (20 )     —       (169 )
    Total consumer   (2,597 )     (1,262 )     (1,156 )     (5,668 )     (3,024 )
    Total loans charged-off   (48,221 )     (38,339 )     (8,918 )     (111,460 )     (52,818 )
    Charged-off loans recovered:                  
    Commercial and industrial   3,162       742       3,043       4,586       6,615  
    Commercial real estate   66       150       5       457       33  
    Construction   1,535       —       —       1,535       —  
    Residential mortgage   29       5       30       59       186  
    Total consumer   521       603       362       1,521       1,513  
    Total loans recovered   5,313       1,500       3,440       8,158       8,347  
    Total net charge-offs   (42,908 )     (36,839 )     (5,478 )     (103,302 )     (44,471 )
    Provision for credit losses for loans   75,038       82,111       9,147       202,423       24,929  
    Ending balance $ 564,671     $ 532,541     $ 462,345     $ 564,671     $ 462,345  
    Components of allowance for credit losses for loans:                  
    Allowance for loan losses $ 548,327     $ 519,310     $ 442,175     $ 548,327     $ 442,175  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   16,344       13,231       20,170       16,344       20,170  
    Allowance for credit losses for loans $ 564,671     $ 532,541     $ 462,345     $ 564,671     $ 462,345  
    Components of provision for credit losses for loans:                  
    Provision for credit losses for loans $ 71,925     $ 86,901     $ 11,221     $ 205,549     $ 29,359  
    Provision (credit) for unfunded credit commitments   3,113       (4,790 )     (2,074 )     (3,126 )     (4,430 )
    Total provision for credit losses for loans $ 75,038     $ 82,111     $ 9,147     $ 202,423     $ 24,929  
    Annualized ratio of total net charge-offs to total average loans   0.34 %     0.29 %     0.04 %     0.27 %     0.12 %
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % of total loans   1.14 %     1.06 %     0.92 %     1.14 %     0.92 %
                                           
      As Of
    ASSET QUALITY: September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands) 2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Accruing past due loans:                  
    30 to 59 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 4,537     $ 5,086     $ 6,202     $ 9,307     $ 10,687  
    Commercial real estate   76,370       1,879       5,791       3,008       8,053  
    Residential mortgage   19,549       17,389       20,819       26,345       13,159  
    Total consumer   14,672       21,639       14,032       20,554       15,509  
    Total 30 to 59 days past due   115,128       45,993       46,844       59,214       47,408  
    60 to 89 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial   1,238       1,621       2,665       5,095       5,720  
    Commercial real estate   43,926       —       3,720       1,257       2,620  
    Residential mortgage   6,892       6,632       5,970       8,200       9,710  
    Total consumer   2,732       3,671       1,834       4,715       1,720  
    Total 60 to 89 days past due   54,788       11,924       14,189       19,267       19,770  
    90 or more days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial   1,786       2,739       5,750       5,579       6,629  
    Commercial real estate   —       4,242       —       —       —  
    Construction   —       3,990       3,990       3,990       3,990  
    Residential mortgage   1,931       2,609       2,884       2,488       1,348  
    Total consumer   1,063       898       731       1,088       391  
    Total 90 or more days past due   4,780       14,478       13,355       13,145       12,358  
    Total accruing past due loans $ 174,696     $ 72,395     $ 74,388     $ 91,626     $ 79,536  
    Non-accrual loans:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 120,575     $ 102,942     $ 102,399     $ 99,912     $ 87,655  
    Commercial real estate   113,752       123,011       100,052       99,739       83,338  
    Construction   24,657       45,380       51,842       60,851       62,788  
    Residential mortgage   33,075       28,322       28,561       26,986       21,614  
    Total consumer   4,260       3,624       4,438       4,383       3,545  
    Total non-accrual loans   296,319       303,279       287,292       291,871       258,940  
    Other real estate owned (OREO)   7,172       8,059       88       71       71  
    Other repossessed assets   1,611       1,607       1,393       1,444       1,314  
    Total non-performing assets $ 305,102     $ 312,945     $ 288,773     $ 293,386     $ 260,325  
    Total non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.60 %     0.60 %     0.58 %     0.58 %     0.52 %
    Total accruing past due and non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.95       0.75       0.72       0.76       0.68  
    Allowance for losses on loans as a % of non-accrual loans   185.05       171.23       163.33       152.83       170.76  
                                           

    NOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    (1)   Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate. Valley believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules.  
    (2)   Non-GAAP Reconciliations. This press release contains certain supplemental financial information, described in the Notes below, which has been determined by methods other than U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that management uses in its analysis of Valley’s performance. The Company believes that the non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information to both management and investors in understanding Valley’s underlying operational performance, business and performance trends, and may facilitate comparisons of our current and prior performance with the performance of others in the financial services industry. Management utilizes these measures for internal planning, forecasting and analysis purposes. Management believes that Valley’s presentation and discussion of this supplemental information, together with the accompanying reconciliations to the GAAP financial measures, also allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to management. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures may also be calculated differently from similar measures disclosed by other companies.  
           
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Adjusted net income available to common shareholders (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 97,856     $ 70,424     $ 141,346     $ 264,560     $ 426,957  
    Add: FDIC Special assessment (a)   —       1,363       —       8,757       —  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity debt securities, net (b)   1       4       443       12       476  
    Add: Restructuring charge (c)   —       334       (675 )     954       10,507  
    Add: Mark to market loss on commercial real estate loans transferred to loans held for sale (d)   5,794       —       —       5,794       —  
    Add: Provision for credit losses for available for sale securities (e)   —       —       —       —       5,000  
    Add: Merger related expenses (f)   —       —       —       —       4,133  
    Less: Litigation settlements (g)   (7,334 )     —       —       (7,334 )     —  
    Less: Gain on sale of commercial premium finance lending division (h)   —       —       —       (3,629 )     —  
    Less: Net gains on sales of office buildings (h)   —       —       (6,721 )     —       (6,721 )
    Total non-GAAP adjustments to net income   (1,539 )     1,701       (6,953 )     4,554       13,395  
    Income tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments (i)   437       (482 )     1,970       (1,269 )     (2,378 )
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,117       4,108       4,127       14,344       12,031  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 90,637     $ 67,535     $ 132,236     $ 253,501     $ 425,943  
    __________                  
    (a) Included in the FDIC insurance expense.
    (b) Included in gains (losses) on securities transactions, net.
    (c) Represents severance expense related to workforce reductions within salary and employee benefits expense.
    (d) Included in (losses) gains on sales of loans, net.
    (e) Included in provision for credit losses for available for sale and held to maturity securities (tax disallowed).
    (f) Included in salary and employee benefits expense during the first quarter 2023.
    (g) Represents recoveries from legal settlements included in other income.
    (h) Included in gains (losses) on sales of assets, net within non-interest income.
    (i) Calculated using the appropriate blended statutory tax rate for the applicable period.
     
    Adjusted per common share data (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 90,637     $ 67,535     $ 132,236     $ 253,501     $ 425,943  
    Average number of shares outstanding   509,227,538       509,141,252       507,650,668       508,904,353       507,580,197  
    Basic earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.26     $ 0.50     $ 0.84  
    Average number of diluted shares outstanding   511,342,932       510,338,502       509,256,599       510,713,205       509,204,051  
    Diluted earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.26     $ 0.50     $ 0.84  
    Adjusted annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,862,555     $ 6,753,981     $ 6,605,786     $ 6,781,022     $ 6,531,424  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   2,008,692       2,016,766       2,042,486       2,016,790       2,051,727  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 4,853,863     $ 4,737,215     $ 4,563,300     $ 4,764,232     $ 4,479,697  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   7.97 %     6.05 %     11.95 %     7.50 %     13.04 %
                                           
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Adjusted annualized return on average assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Average assets $ 62,242,022     $ 61,518,639     $ 61,391,688     $ 61,674,588     $ 61,050,973  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   0.62 %     0.47 %     0.89 %     0.58 %     0.96 %
    Adjusted annualized return on average shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 96,754     $ 71,643     $ 136,363     $ 267,845     $ 437,974  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,862,555     $ 6,753,981     $ 6,605,786     $ 6,781,022     $ 6,531,424  
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   5.64 %     4.24 %     8.26 %     5.27 %     8.94 %
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 97,856     $ 70,424     $ 141,346     $ 264,560     $ 426,957  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 6,862,555     $ 6,753,981     $ 6,605,786     $ 6,781,022     $ 6,531,424  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   2,008,692       2,016,766       2,042,486       2,016,790       2,051,727  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 4,853,863     $ 4,737,215     $ 4,563,300     $ 4,764,232     $ 4,479,697  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   8.06 %     5.95 %     12.39 %     7.40 %     12.71 %
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP):                  
    Non-interest expense, as reported (GAAP) $ 269,471     $ 277,497     $ 267,133     $ 827,278     $ 822,270  
    Less: FDIC Special assessment (pre-tax)   —       1,363       —       8,757       —  
    Less: Restructuring charge (pre-tax)   —       334       (675 )     954       10,507  
    Less: Merger-related expenses (pre-tax)   —       —       —       —       4,133  
    Less: Amortization of tax credit investments (pre-tax)   5,853       5,791       4,191       17,206       13,462  
    Non-interest expense, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 263,618     $ 270,009     $ 263,617     $ 800,361     $ 794,168  
    Net interest income, as reported (GAAP)   410,498       401,685       412,418       1,205,731       1,268,203  
    Non-interest income, as reported (GAAP)   60,671       51,213       58,664       173,299       173,038  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities transactions, net (pre-tax)   1       4       443       12       476  
    Add: Mark-to-market loss on commercial real estate loans transferred to loans held for sale (pre-tax)   5,794       —       —       5,794       —  
    Less: Litigation settlements (pre-tax)   (7,334 )     —       —       (7,334 )     —  
    Less: Gain on sale of premium finance division (pre-tax)   —       —       —       (3,629 )     —  
    Less: Net gains on sales of office buildings (pre-tax)   —       —       (6,721 )     —       (6,721 )
    Non-interest income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 59,132     $ 51,217     $ 52,386     $ 168,142     $ 166,793  
    Gross operating income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 469,630     $ 452,902     $ 464,804     $ 1,373,873     $ 1,434,996  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   56.13 %     59.62 %     56.72 %     58.26 %     55.34 %
                                           
      As of
      September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data) 2024   2024   2024   2023   2023
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP):                  
    Common shares outstanding   509,252,936       509,205,014       508,893,059       507,709,927       507,660,742  
    Shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 6,972,380     $ 6,737,737     $ 6,727,139     $ 6,701,391     $ 6,627,299  
    Less: Preferred stock   354,345       209,691       209,691       209,691       209,691  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   2,004,414       2,012,580       2,020,405       2,029,267       2,038,202  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466     $ 4,497,043     $ 4,462,433     $ 4,379,406  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) $ 9.06     $ 8.87     $ 8.84     $ 8.79     $ 8.63  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466     $ 4,497,043     $ 4,462,433     $ 4,379,406  
    Total assets (GAAP)   62,092,332       62,058,974       61,000,188       60,934,974       61,183,352  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   2,004,414       2,012,580       2,020,405       2,029,267       2,038,202  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 60,087,918     $ 60,046,394     $ 58,979,783     $ 58,905,707     $ 59,145,150  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   7.68 %     7.52 %     7.62 %     7.58 %     7.40 %
                                           

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    (in thousands, except for share data)

      September 30,   December 31,
      2024   2023
      (Unaudited)    
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 511,945     $ 284,090  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   527,960       607,135  
    Investment securities:      
    Equity securities   73,071       64,464  
    Trading debt securities   3,996       3,973  
    Available for sale debt securities   2,602,260       1,296,576  
    Held to maturity debt securities (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,076 at September 30, 2024 and $1,205 at December 31, 2023)   3,573,960       3,739,208  
    Total investment securities   6,253,287       5,104,221  
    Loans held for sale (includes fair value of $17,153 at September 30, 2024 and $20,640 at December 31, 2023 for loans originated for sale)   843,201       30,640  
    Loans   49,355,319       50,210,295  
    Less: Allowance for loan losses   (548,327 )     (446,080 )
    Net loans   48,806,992       49,764,215  
    Premises and equipment, net   356,649       381,081  
    Lease right of use assets   335,032       343,461  
    Bank owned life insurance   730,081       723,799  
    Accrued interest receivable   250,131       245,498  
    Goodwill   1,868,936       1,868,936  
    Other intangible assets, net   135,478       160,331  
    Other assets   1,472,640       1,421,567  
    Total Assets $ 62,092,332     $ 60,934,974  
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Non-interest bearing $ 11,153,754     $ 11,539,483  
    Interest bearing:      
    Savings, NOW and money market   25,069,405       24,526,622  
    Time   14,172,807       13,176,724  
    Total deposits   50,395,966       49,242,829  
    Short-term borrowings   58,268       917,834  
    Long-term borrowings   3,274,340       2,328,375  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,368       57,108  
    Lease liabilities   394,971       403,781  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   939,039       1,283,656  
    Total Liabilities   55,119,952       54,233,583  
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, no par value; 50,000,000 authorized shares:      
    Series A (4,600,000 shares issued at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)   111,590       111,590  
    Series B (4,000,000 shares issued at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023)   98,101       98,101  
    Series C (6,000,000 shares issued at September 30, 2024)   144,654       —  
    Common stock (no par value, authorized 650,000,000 shares; issued 509,252,936 shares at September 30, 2024 and 507,896,910 shares at December 31, 2023)   178,661       178,187  
    Surplus   5,002,718       4,989,989  
    Retained earnings   1,551,428       1,471,371  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (114,772 )     (146,456 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (186,983 common shares at December 31, 2023)   —       (1,391 )
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   6,972,380       6,701,391  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 62,092,332     $ 60,934,974  
                   

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for share data)

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,   June 30,   September 30,   September 30,
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
    Interest Income                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 786,680     $ 770,964     $ 753,638     $ 2,329,197     $ 2,124,036
    Interest and dividends on investment securities:                  
    Taxable   49,700       40,460       32,383       125,957       96,591
    Tax-exempt   4,855       4,799       4,585       14,450       15,485
    Dividends   5,929       6,341       5,299       19,098       18,001
    Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments   13,385       10,902       17,113       33,969       66,594
    Total interest income   860,549       833,466       813,018       2,522,671       2,320,707
    Interest Expense                  
    Interest on deposits:                  
    Savings, NOW and money market   235,371       231,597       201,916       699,474       517,524
    Time   174,741       160,442       164,336       486,248       370,398
    Interest on short-term borrowings   451       691       5,189       21,754       89,345
    Interest on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures   39,488       39,051       29,159       109,464       75,237
    Total interest expense   450,051       431,781       400,600       1,316,940       1,052,504
    Net Interest Income   410,498       401,685       412,418       1,205,731       1,268,203
    (Credit) provision for credit losses for available for sale and held to maturity securities   (14 )     (41 )     (30 )     (129 )     4,675
    Provision for credit losses for loans   75,038       82,111       9,147       202,423       24,929
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses   335,474       319,615       403,301       1,003,437       1,238,599
    Non-Interest Income                  
    Wealth management and trust fees   15,125       13,136       11,417       46,191       32,180
    Insurance commissions   2,880       3,958       2,336       9,089       7,895
    Capital markets   6,347       7,779       7,141       19,796       35,000
    Service charges on deposit accounts   12,826       11,212       10,952       35,287       31,970
    Gains (losses) on securities transactions, net   47       3       (398 )     99       197
    Fees from loan servicing   3,443       2,691       2,681       9,322       8,054
    (Losses) gains on sales of loans, net   (3,644 )     884       2,023       (1,142 )     3,752
    Gains (losses) on sales of assets, net   55       (2 )     6,653       3,747       6,938
    Bank owned life insurance   5,387       4,545       2,709       13,167       7,736
    Other   18,205       7,007       13,150       37,743       39,316
    Total non-interest income   60,671       51,213       58,664       173,299       173,038
    Non-Interest Expense                  
    Salary and employee benefits expense   138,832       140,815       137,292       421,478       431,872
    Net occupancy expense   26,973       24,252       24,675       75,548       73,880
    Technology, furniture and equipment expense   28,962       35,203       37,320       99,627       106,304
    FDIC insurance assessment   14,792       14,446       7,946       47,474       27,527
    Amortization of other intangible assets   8,692       8,568       9,741       26,672       30,072
    Professional and legal fees   14,118       17,938       17,109       48,521       55,329
    Amortization of tax credit investments   5,853       5,791       4,191       17,206       13,462
    Other   31,249       30,484       28,859       90,752       83,824
    Total non-interest expense   269,471       277,497       267,133       827,278       822,270
    Income Before Income Taxes   126,674       93,331       194,832       349,458       589,367
    Income tax expense   28,818       22,907       53,486       84,898       162,410
    Net Income   97,856       70,424       141,346       264,560       426,957
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,117       4,108       4,127       14,344       12,031
    Net Income Available to Common Shareholders $ 91,739     $ 66,316     $ 137,219     $ 250,216     $ 414,926
                                         

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    Quarterly Analysis of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity and
    Net Interest Income on a Tax Equivalent Basis

      Three Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
      Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.
    ($ in thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                  
    Interest earning assets:                              
    Loans (1)(2) $ 50,126,963   $ 786,704     6.28 %   $ 50,020,901   $ 770,987     6.17 %   $ 50,019,414   $ 753,662     6.03 %
    Taxable investments (3)   5,977,211     55,629     3.72       5,379,101     46,801     3.48       4,915,778     37,682     3.07  
    Tax-exempt investments (1)(3)   573,059     6,145     4.29       575,272     6,075     4.22       620,439     5,800     3.74  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   974,417     13,385     5.49       797,676     10,902     5.47       1,246,934     17,113     5.49  
    Total interest earning assets   57,651,650     861,863     5.98       56,772,950     834,765     5.88       56,802,565     814,257     5.73  
    Other assets   4,590,372             4,745,689             4,589,123        
    Total assets $ 62,242,022           $ 61,518,639           $ 61,391,688        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                                  
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                  
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 25,017,504   $ 235,371     3.76 %   $ 24,848,266   $ 231,597     3.73 %   $ 23,016,737   $ 201,916     3.51 %
    Time deposits   14,233,209     174,741     4.91       13,311,381     160,442     4.82       14,880,311     164,336     4.42  
    Short-term borrowings   81,251     451     2.22       97,502     691     2.83       436,518     5,189     4.75  
    Long-term borrowings (4)   3,324,992     39,488     4.75       3,319,195     39,051     4.71       2,495,512     29,159     4.67  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   42,656,956     450,051     4.22       41,576,344     431,781     4.15       40,829,078     400,600     3.92  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   11,158,521             11,223,562             11,951,398        
    Other liabilities   1,563,990             1,964,752             2,005,426        
    Shareholders’ equity   6,862,555             6,753,981             6,605,786        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 62,242,022           $ 61,518,639           $ 61,391,688        
                                       
    Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)     $ 411,812     1.76 %       $ 402,984     1.73 %       $ 413,657     1.81 %
    Tax equivalent adjustment       (1,314 )             (1,299 )             (1,239 )    
    Net interest income, as reported     $ 410,498             $ 401,685             $ 412,418      
    Net interest margin (6)         2.85             2.83             2.90  
    Tax equivalent effect         0.01             0.01             0.01  
    Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (6)         2.86 %           2.84 %           2.91 %

    _________

    (1) Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate.
    (2) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.
    (3) The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.
    (4) Includes junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts which are presented separately on the consolidated statements of condition.
    (5) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.
    (6) Net interest income as a percentage of total average interest earning assets.
       

    SHAREHOLDERS RELATIONS
    Requests for copies of reports and/or other inquiries should be directed to Tina Zarkadas, Assistant Vice President, Shareholder Relations Specialist, Valley National Bancorp, 70 Speedwell Avenue, Morristown, New Jersey, 07960, by telephone at (973) 305-3380, by fax at (973) 305-1364 or by e-mail at tzarkadas@valley.com.

    Contact:   Michael D. Hagedorn
        Senior Executive Vice President and
        Chief Financial Officer
        973-872-4885

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: Calling Businesses in the Retail and Hospitality Sectors – Register NOW for the €4,000 Power Up grant

    Source: Government of Ireland – Department of Jobs Enterprise and Innovation

    24th October 2024

    Businesses will receive an email from their Local Authorities with details on how to register

    Today the Minister for Enterprise, Trade and Employment, Peter Burke TD, has announced the opening of the Power Up grant, through an online portal accessible via the Department’s website: enterprise.gov.ie/powerup

    Speaking about the Power Up grant, Minister Peter Burke said:

    “I am very aware of the struggles that businesses in the hospitality and retail sectors continue to face.  The Power Up grant has a budget of €170 million and is available to businesses that received a second payment under the Increased Cost of Business Scheme.  We know that input costs have increased, and this flat payment will go some way to help with rising costs associated with running your businesses during the busy Christmas period.

    “Registrations for the Power Up grant are open from today.  In order to get payments out to our shops, to our small restaurants, to our cafes and to our pubs before the end of the year, I am strongly urging businesses to register without delay.  Local Authorities are emailing businesses that qualify with details on how to register as we speak, so all business owners need to check their emails and find their link.

    “I want to thank the Local Authorities for their tremendous work in administering these grants on behalf of my Department. They are the closest arm of the state to many of our businesses and have direct links in to businesses at a local level.”

    Retail and Hospitality businesses who received the second ICOB payment can register for the €4,000 one-off Power Up grant, once they receive their email from their Local Authority.  This grant will be similar to the ICOB scheme and registration has been specifically designed to be quick and easy.  The Local Authority network is administering this scheme on behalf of the Department of Enterprise, Trade and Employment.

    Minister of State for Trade Promotion, Digital Transformation and Company Regulation, Dara Calleary TD said:

    “The Power Up grant is paid directly into a business’s bank account, a direct injection of cashflow, which we know is imperative for our small family-run businesses.  They are a crucial part of our towns and our villages around Ireland and I urge eligible businesses to register and avail of this grant.” 

    “The Increased Cost of Business (ICOB) Scheme has successfully paid out over €244m to 75,000 SMEs, including two payments to over 38,000 SMEs in the retail and hospitality sector.”

    Minister of State for Business, Employment and Retail, Emer Higgins TD stated:

    “The Government has allocated €170 million in cash supports specifically for the retail and hospitality sectors as part of the budget process.  This Department has already paid out over €244 million through the Increased Cost of Business Grant this summer to SMEs, so this further grant will bring Government’s direct support into small businesses this year to almost a half a billion euro.”

    The deadline for registrations is 8 November 2024.

    ENDS

    Back to Department News

    Back to Top

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: U.S. shale natural gas production has declined so far in 2024

    Source: US Energy Information Administration

    In-depth analysis

    October 24, 2024

    Data source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Short-Term Energy Outlook
    Note: The formations included in our U.S. shale natural gas production estimates are determined by identified tight and shale formations. Year-to-date 2024=January–September.

    U.S. natural gas production from shale and tight formations, which accounts for 79% of dry natural gas production, decreased slightly in the first nine months of 2024 compared with the same period in 2023. If this trend holds for the remainder of 2024, it would mark the first annual decrease in U.S. shale gas production since we started collecting these data in 2000.

    Total U.S. shale gas production from January through September 2024 declined by about 1%, to 81.2 billion cubic feet per day (Bcf/d), compared with the same period in 2023, while other U.S. dry natural gas production increased by about 6% to 22.1 Bcf/d. Total U.S. dry natural gas production from January through September 2024 averaged 103.3 Bcf/d, essentially flat compared with the same period in 2023.

    The decline in shale gas production so far this year has been driven primarily by declines in production in the Haynesville and Utica plays. From January through September 2024, shale gas production decreased by 12% (1.8 Bcf/d) in the Haynesville and by 10% (0.6 Bcf/d) in the Utica compared with the same period in 2023. At the same time, shale gas production in the Permian play grew by 10% (1.6 Bcf/d). Production in the Marcellus play, which leads U.S. shale gas production, remained flat.


    The Haynesville play in northeastern Texas and northwestern Louisiana is a dry natural gas formation. The Utica and Marcellus plays in the Appalachian Basin produce lease condensate in addition to dry natural gas. In all three plays, natural gas prices mostly drive drilling and developing wells. The U.S. benchmark Henry Hub daily natural gas price has generally declined since August 2022 and reached record lows in the first half of 2024, making drilling natural gas wells less profitable, particularly in the Haynesville. Several operators in the Haynesville and the Appalachian Basin shut in natural gas production in reaction to historically low prices and intend to continue curtailments in the second half of 2024.

    In contrast, natural gas produced in the Permian play in western Texas and southeastern New Mexico is primarily associated gas from oil wells where drilling and development is driven by the oil price. Natural gas production in the Permian has increased this year along with increasing oil production.

    Shale natural gas production in the Utica was 5.6 Bcf/d in September, 33% less than the monthly high of 8.3 Bcf/d in December 2019 and 10% less than the average of 6.2 Bcf/d in 2023. At depths of 5,000 feet to 11,000 feet, wells in the Utica, which lies beneath the Marcellus, are slightly more expensive to drill than Marcellus wells because of their depth.

    Drilling costs of Haynesville wells, at depths of 10,500 feet to 13,500 feet, are even higher. Shale natural gas production in the Haynesville was 13.0 Bcf/d in September 2024, 14% less than the peak in May 2023. The Haynesville is the third-largest shale gas-producing play in the United States, behind the Marcellus and the Permian plays. In 2023, shale natural gas production in the Haynesville averaged 14.6 Bcf/d, accounting for 14% of total U.S. dry natural gas production.

    Data source: Refinitiv Eikon and Baker Hughes Company
    Note: Prices are adjusted for inflation based on the September 2024 Consumer Price Index.


    The U.S. benchmark Henry Hub natural gas price fell 79% from the August 2022 inflation-adjusted high of $9.39 per million British thermal units (MMBtu) to an average of $1.99/MMBtu in August 2024. So far this year, the price has averaged $2.10/MMBtu compared with an inflation-adjusted average of $6.89/MMBtu in 2022 and $2.62/MMBtu in 2023. As natural gas prices declined, the economics of producing natural gas in the dry gas formations worsened, leading producers to shut in production and drop drilling rigs.

    Producers tend to increase or decrease the number of drilling rigs in operation as natural gas prices fluctuate. The number of natural gas-directed drilling rigs in the Haynesville, Utica, and Marcellus plays has decreased steadily since the end of 2022, according to data from Baker Hughes. In the Haynesville, an average of 33 rigs were in operation in September 2024, 53% fewer than in January 2023. The number of rigs operating in the Haynesville in September was the lowest it has been since July 2020.

    In the Utica, an average of seven rigs were operating in September 2024, fewer than half the number that were operating in January 2023, and in the Marcellus, an average of 25 rigs were in operation, about 36% fewer than in January 2023. Although the productivity of newer wells has improved in recent years, the decline in rig counts has contributed to an overall decrease in production.

    In our latest Short-Term Energy Outlook, we forecast total U.S. dry natural gas production to average 103.5 Bcf/d in 2024, down slightly from 103.8 Bcf/d in 2023, and to resume modest growth in 2025 at 104.6 Bcf/d.

    Principal contributors: Katy Fleury, Corrina Ricker, Kenya Schott

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Disaster Recovery Center Opening in Spartanburg County

    Source: US Federal Emergency Management Agency

    Headline: Disaster Recovery Center Opening in Spartanburg County

    Disaster Recovery Center Opening in Spartanburg County

    A Disaster Recovery Center will open in Spartanburg County to provide in-person assistance to South Carolinians affected by Hurricane Helene.  Spartanburg CountySpartanburg Emergency Management175 Community College DriveSpartanburg, SC 29303Open Oct. 24-Nov. 6, 8 a.m.- 7 p.m.  Additional Disaster Recovery Centers are scheduled to open in other South Carolina counties. Click here to find centers that are already open in South Carolina. You can visit any open center to meet with representatives of FEMA, the state of South Carolina and the U.S. Small Business Administration. No appointment is needed. To find all other center locations, including those in other states, go to fema.gov/drc or text “DRC” and a Zip Code to 43362. Homeowners and renters in Abbeville, Aiken, Allendale, Anderson, Bamberg, Barnwell, Beaufort, Cherokee, Chester, Edgefield, Fairfield, Greenville, Greenwood, Hampton, Jasper, Kershaw, Laurens, Lexington, McCormick, Newberry, Oconee, Orangeburg, Pickens, Richland, Saluda, Spartanburg, Union and York counties and the Catawba Indian Nation can apply for federal assistance.The quickest way to apply is to go online to DisasterAssistance.gov. You can also apply using the FEMA App for mobile devices or calling toll-free 800-621-3362. The telephone line is open every day and help is available in many languages. If you use a relay service, such as Video Relay Service (VRS), captioned telephone or other service, give FEMA your number for that service. For a video with American Sign Language, voiceover and open captions about how to apply for FEMA assistance, select this link.FEMA programs are accessible to survivors with disabilities and others with access and functional needs. 
    kwei.nwaogu
    Thu, 10/24/2024 – 11:58

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Columbia Financial, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the Third Quarter Ended September 30, 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FAIR LAWN, N.J., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Columbia Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CLBK), the mid-tier holding company for Columbia Bank (“Columbia”), reported net income of $6.2 million, or $0.06 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as compared to $9.1 million, or $0.09 per basic and diluted share, for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 reflected lower net interest income, mainly due to an increase in interest expense, and higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher non-interest income and lower income tax expense.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the Company reported net income of $9.6 million, or $0.09 per basic and diluted share, as compared to $29.5 million, or $0.29 per basic and diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. Earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 reflected lower net interest income, mainly due to an increase in interest expense, and higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher non-interest income and lower income tax expense. Non-interest income for the 2023 period included a $10.8 million loss on securities transactions.

    Mr. Thomas J. Kemly, President and Chief Executive Officer commented: “The third quarter earnings have been challenged by continuing pressure on funding costs. Our net interest margin, which has increased 9 basis points since the first quarter of 2024, and our expense management, we believe, will contribute to improved earnings on a go forward basis. The Company’s balance sheet and capital remain strong. We successfully closed the merger and performed the system conversion of Freehold Bank into Columbia Bank in October 2024. This was the final step of our fourth completed merger over the last five years.”

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023

    Net income of $6.2 million was recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $2.9 million, or 32.3%, compared to $9.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a $3.2 million decrease in net interest income, and a $1.7 million increase in provision for credit losses, partially offset by a $376,000 increase in non-interest income, and a $1.6 million decrease in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $45.3 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $3.2 million, or 6.7%, from $48.5 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $20.7 million increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowings, partially offset by a $17.5 million increase in interest income. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in average yields due to market interest rate increases that occurred throughout 2023, and adjustable rate securities and loans tied to various indexes that repriced higher in the 2024 period. The 50 basis point decrease in market rates in September 2024 did not significantly impact the 2024 period results. The increase in interest expense on deposits was driven by the 2023 rate increases and an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with the continued intense competition for deposits in the market and the repricing of existing deposits into higher cost products. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was also impacted by an increase in the average balance of borrowings and the increase in interest rates for new borrowings. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $171,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, compared to $83,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2023.

    The average yield on loans for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased 53 basis points to 5.00%, as compared to 4.47% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, as interest income was influenced by rising interest rates and the average balance of loans. The average yield on securities for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased 53 basis points to 2.90%, as compared to 2.37% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, as new securities purchased during the 2024 period were at higher rates. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased 81 basis points to 6.72%, as compared to 5.91% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, due to the rise in average balances and interest rates paid on cash balances and an increase in the dividend rate paid on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $70.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $20.7 million, or 41.6%, from $49.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 90 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, along with a 17 basis point increase in the average cost of borrowings, coupled with an increase in the average balance of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $16.3 million, or 45.3%, and interest expense on borrowings increased $4.5 million, or 31.9%.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 decreased 22 basis points to 1.84%, when compared to 2.06% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 53 basis points to 4.70% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 4.17% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 82 basis points to 3.52% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 2.70% for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase in yields for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 was due to the impact of market interest rate increases in 2023. The net interest margin decreased for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, as the increase in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities outweighed the increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The Company’s net interest margin for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 when compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2024 increased 9 basis points from 1.75% to 1.84%.

    The provision for credit losses for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 was $4.1 million, an increase of $1.7 million, from $2.4 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase in provision for credit losses during the quarter was primarily attributable to net charge-offs totaling $2.7 million and an increase in the loan performance qualitative factors.

    Non-interest income was $9.0 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $376,000, from $8.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $347,000 in demand deposit account fees, mainly related to commercial account treasury services.

    Non-interest expense was $42.8 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $76,000, from $42.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense of $1.0 million, partially offset by an increase in data processing fees of $666,000, and federal deposit insurance premiums of $317,000. The decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense was the result of workforce reduction and lower incentive compensation related to employee cost cutting strategies implemented during 2023 and 2024. Data processing and software expenses increased due to costs related to cybersecurity and technology enhancements, and federal deposit insurance premiums increased due to the 2024 quarter including an increase in a one-time special assessment charge.

    Income tax expense was $1.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $1.6 million, as compared to income tax expense of $2.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2023, mainly due to a decrease in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 15.5% and 22.9% for the quarters ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 quarter was primarily impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023

    Net income of $9.6 million was recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $19.9 million, or 67.6%, compared to $29.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net income was primarily attributable to a $29.0 million decrease in net interest income and a $7.9 million increase in provision for credit losses, partially offset by a $9.5 million increase in non-interest income and a $7.8 million decrease in income tax expense.

    Net interest income was $131.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $29.0 million, or 18.1%, from $160.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in net interest income was primarily attributable to a $79.4 million increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowings, partially offset by a $50.4 million increase in interest income. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in average yields due to market interest rate increases that occurred throughout 2023, and adjustable rate securities and loans tied to various indexes that repriced higher in the 2024 period. The 50 basis point decrease in market rates in September 2024 did not significantly impact the 2024 period results. The increase in interest expense on deposits was driven by the 2023 rate increases and an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with the continued intense competition for deposits in the market and the repricing of existing deposits into higher cost products. The increase in interest expense on borrowings was also impacted by an increase in the average balance of borrowings and the increase in interest rates for new borrowings. Prepayment penalties, which are included in interest income on loans, totaled $875,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, compared to $339,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

    The average yield on loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased 55 basis points to 4.91%, as compared to 4.36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, as interest income was influenced by higher interest rates and loan growth. The average yield on securities for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased 40 basis points to 2.82%, as compared to 2.42% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, as a number of adjustable rate securities tied to various indexes repriced higher during the nine months, and new securities purchased during the 2024 period were at higher yields. The average yield on other interest-earning assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased 90 basis points to 6.35%, as compared to 5.45% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, due to the rise in average balances and interest rates paid on cash balances and an increase in the dividend rate paid on Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Total interest expense was $206.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $79.4 million, 62.5%, from $126.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to a 134 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits, coupled with an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits, along with a 25 basis point increase in the average cost of borrowings, and an increase in the average balance of borrowings. Interest expense on deposits increased $68.7 million, or 84.1%, and interest expense on borrowings increased $10.6 million, or 23.6%.

    The Company’s net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 decreased 47 basis points to 1.80%, when compared to 2.27% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The weighted average yield on interest-earning assets increased 55 basis points to 4.61% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 4.06% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased 118 basis points to 3.47% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, as compared to 2.29% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in yields for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was due to the impact of market interest rate increases between periods. The net interest margin decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, as the increase in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities outweighed the increase in the average yield on interest-earning assets.

    The provision for credit losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was $11.6 million, an increase of $7.9 million, from $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in provision for credit losses was primarily attributable to net charge-offs totaling $8.2 million and an increase in the loan performance qualitative factors.

    Non-interest income was $25.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $9.5 million, from $16.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to a decrease in the loss on securities transactions of $9.6 million.

    Non-interest expense was $134.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, an increase of $321,000, from $134.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in federal deposit insurance premiums of $2.1 million, due to the 2024 period including an increase in a one-time special assessment charge. In addition, there was an increase in professional fees of $4.9 million, an increase in data processing and software expenses of $1.1 million, an increase in merger-related expense of $457,000, and an increase in other non-interest expense of $1.2 million, partially offset by a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense of $9.5 million. Professional fees included an increase in legal, regulatory and compliance-related costs while data processing and software expenses increased due to costs related to cybersecurity and technology enhancements. The decrease in compensation and employee benefits expense was the result of workforce reduction and lower incentive compensation related to employee cost cutting strategies implemented during 2023 and 2024.

    Income tax expense was $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, a decrease of $7.8 million, as compared to income tax expense of $9.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, mainly due to a decrease in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 11.8% and 23.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The effective tax rate for the 2024 period was also impacted by permanent income tax differences.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $40.9 million, or 0.4%, to $10.7 billion at September 30, 2024 as compared to $10.6 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in total assets was primarily attributable to an increase in debt securities available for sale of $178.9 million, and an increase in other assets of $21.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $139.7 million, and a decrease in loans receivable, net, of $20.7 million.

    Cash and cash equivalents decreased $139.7 million, or 33.0%, to $283.5 million at September 30, 2024 from $423.2 million at December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to purchases of securities of $283.5 million and repurchases of common stock under our stock repurchase program of $5.9 million, partially offset by proceeds from principal repayments on securities of $119.3 million, and repayments on loans receivable.

    Debt securities available for sale increased $178.9 million, or 16.4%, to $1.3 billion at September 30, 2024 from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase was attributable to the purchases of debt securities available for sale of $266.9 million, consisting primarily of U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities, and a decrease in gross unrealized losses on securities of $34.3 million, partially offset by repayments on securities of $107.8 million, maturities of securities of $10.0 million, and the sale of one corporate debt security with a carrying value of $4.8 million, resulting in a loss of $1.3 million.

    Loans receivable, net, decreased $20.7 million, or 0.3%, with a balance of $7.8 billion at both September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023. One-to-four family real estate loans, multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans, and home equity loans and advances decreased $55.6 million, $10.2 million, $64.3 million, and $5.6 million, respectively, partially offset by increases in construction loans of $67.3 million and commercial business loans of $53.4 million. The allowance for credit losses for loans increased $3.4 million to $58.5 million at September 30, 2024 from $55.1 million at December 31, 2023.

    Other assets increased $21.3 million or 6.9%, to $329.7 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $308.4 million at December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $10.4 million increase in the Company’s pension plan balance, as the return on plan assets outpaced the growth in the plan’s obligations and a $12.6 million increase in the Company’s collateral posting with certain of its derivative counterparties.

    Total liabilities increased $2.1 million, or 0.02%, totaling $9.6 billion at both September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in total deposits of $111.5 million, or 1.4%, partially offset by a decrease in borrowings of $108.1 million, or 7.1%. The increase in total deposits primarily consisted of an increase in certificates of deposit and interest-bearing demand deposits of $195.7 million, and $13.8 million, respectively, partially offset by decreases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings and club accounts of $31.2 million, $16.3 million, and $50.5 million, respectively. The Bank has priced select certificates of deposit accounts very competitively to the market to attract new customers. The $108.1 million decrease in borrowings was primarily driven by a net decrease in short-term borrowings of $167.8 million and repayments of $175.5 million in maturing long-term borrowings, partially offset by an increase in long-term borrowings of $235.2 million.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $38.8 million, or 3.7%, to $1.1 billion at September 30, 2024 as compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in total stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income of $9.6 million, a $5.5 million increase in stock based compensation and an increase of $27.7 million in other comprehensive income, which includes changes in unrealized losses on debt securities available for sale and unrealized gains on swap contracts, net of taxes, included in other comprehensive income. These increases were partially offset by the repurchase of 365,116 shares of common stock at a cost of approximately $5.9 million, or $16.14 per share, under our stock repurchase program. Repurchases have been paused in order to retain capital.

    Asset Quality

    The Company’s non-performing loans at September 30, 2024 totaled $28.0 million, or 0.36% of total gross loans, as compared to $12.6 million, or 0.16% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2023. The $15.4 million increase in non-performing loans was primarily attributable to an increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans of $4.2 million, an increase in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $6.7 million, and an increase in non-performing commercial business loans of $4.5 million. One borrower with an outstanding $5.7 million commercial real estate loan and a related $3.5 million commercial business loan was placed on non-accrual status, representing approximately 60% of the increase in non-performing loans during the 2024 period. This borrower is a healthcare facility that was acquired by another healthcare provider in 2024. The acquiring entity has strong cash flow, has guaranteed the commercial business loan and has provided cash collateral. The Company has the first lien on the healthcare facility which has a 2024 appraised value of approximately $18.5 million along with additional collateral. One commercial real estate loan for $2.0 million secured by a medical condominium was transferred to other real estate owned in May 2024, and a related commercial business loan to the same borrower for $54,000 was charged-off during the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

    The increase in non-performing one-to-four family real estate loans was due to an increase in the number of loans from 17 non-performing loans at December 31, 2023 to 27 loans at September 30, 2024. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets totaled 0.28% and 0.12% at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs totaled $2.7 million, as compared to $1.7 million in net charge-offs recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2023. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net charge-offs totaled $8.2 million, as compared to $2.3 million in net charge-offs recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. Net charge-offs recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 included charge-offs related to 15 commercial business loans totaling $7.7 million. The majority of these loans have continued making monthly payments, and management expects additional recoveries from these borrowers on a go forward basis.

    The Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans was $58.5 million, or 0.75% of total gross loans, at September 30, 2024, compared to $55.1 million, or 0.70% of total gross loans, at December 31, 2023.

    Additional Liquidity, Loan, and Deposit Information

    The Company services a diverse retail and commercial deposit base through its 68 branches. With approximately 215,000 accounts, the average deposit account balance was approximately $37,000 at September 30, 2024.

    Deposit balances are summarized as follows:

      At September 30, 2024   At June 30, 2024
      Balance   Weighted
    Average
    Rate
      Balance   Weighted
    Average
    Rate
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Non-interest-bearing demand $ 1,406,152       — %   $ 1,405,441       — %
    Interest-bearing demand   1,980,298       2.41       1,904,483       2.37  
    Money market accounts   1,239,204       2.92       1,246,663       3.17  
    Savings and club deposits   649,858       0.79       673,031       0.83  
    Certificates of deposit   2,682,547       4.45       2,551,929       4.34  
    Total deposits $ 7,958,059       2.62 %   $ 7,781,547       2.56 %
                                   

    The Company continues to maintain strong liquidity and capital positions. The Company had no outstanding borrowings from the Federal Reserve Discount Window at September 30, 2024. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had immediate access to approximately $2.6 billion of funding, with additional unpledged loan collateral in excess of $1.8 billion.

    At September 30, 2024, the Company’s non-performing commercial real estate loans totaled $9.4 million, or 0.12%, of the total loans receivable loan portfolio balance.

    The following table presents multifamily real estate, owner occupied commercial real estate, and the components of investor owned commercial real estate loans included in the real estate loan portfolio.

      At September 30, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
      Balance   % of Gross Loans   Weighted Average
    Loan to Value Ratio
      Weighted
    Average
    Debt Service
    Coverage

    Multifamily Real Estate $ 1,399,000       17.8 %     61.0 %     1.62 x
                       
    Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate $ 683,523       8.7 %     53.6 %     2.10 x
                       
    Investor Owned Commercial Real Estate:                  
    Retail / Shopping centers $ 484,121       6.2 %     51.7 %     1.59 x
    Mixed Use   211,853       2.7       58.1       1.61  
    Industrial / Warehouse   389,470       5.0       54.9       1.70  
    Non-Medical Office   197,768       2.5       54.2       1.64  
    Medical Office   126,947       1.6       57.9       1.50  
    Single Purpose   94,497       1.2       54.5       3.23  
    Other   124,580       1.6       52.0       1.67  
    Total $ 1,629,236       20.7 %     54.3 %     1.72 x
                       
    Total Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Loans $ 3,711,759       47.2 %     56.7 %     1.75 x
                                   

    As of September 30, 2024, the Company had less than $1.0 million in loan exposure to office or rent stabilized multifamily loans in New York City.

    About Columbia Financial, Inc.

    The consolidated financial results include the accounts of Columbia Financial, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary Columbia Bank (the “Bank”) and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a Delaware corporation organized as Columbia Bank’s mid-tier stock holding company. Columbia Financial, Inc. is a majority-owned subsidiary of Columbia Bank, MHC. Columbia Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Fair Lawn, New Jersey that operates 68 full-service banking offices and offers traditional financial services to consumers and businesses in its market area.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “projects,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on the Company’s business activities; changes in interest rates, higher inflation and their impact on national and local economic conditions; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental entities; the impact of legal, judicial and regulatory proceedings or investigations, competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes that adversely affect a borrowers’ ability to service and repay the Company’s loans; the effect of acts of terrorism, war or pandemics,, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions; changes in the value of securities in the Company’s portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and securities; legislative changes and changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that goodwill and intangibles recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements will become impaired; cyber-attacks, computer viruses and other technological risks that may breach the security of our systems and allow unauthorized access to confidential information; the inability of third party service providers to perform; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; the Company’s ability to attract and maintain deposits and effectively manage liquidity; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that the Company may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy, or its integration of acquired financial institutions and businesses, and changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and those set forth in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, all as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Should one or more of these risks materialize or should underlying beliefs or assumptions prove incorrect, the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as required by law.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This press release also contains certain supplemental non-GAAP information that the Company’s management uses in its analysis of the Company’s financial results. Specifically, the Company provides measures based on what it believes are its operating earnings on a consistent basis and excludes material non-routine operating items which affect the GAAP reporting of results of operations. The Company’s management believes that providing this information to analysts and investors allows them to better understand and evaluate the Company’s core financial results for the periods presented. Because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names.

    The Company also provides measurements and ratios based on tangible stockholders’ equity. These measures are commonly utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and, therefore, the Company’s management believes that such information is useful to investors.

    A reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures are included at the end of this press release. See “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (In thousands)
           
      September 30,   December 31,
      2024
      2023
    Assets (Unaudited)    
    Cash and due from banks $ 283,391     $ 423,140  
    Short-term investments   110       109  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   283,501       423,249  
           
    Debt securities available for sale, at fair value   1,272,464       1,093,557  
    Debt securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $367,559, and $357,177 at September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively)   401,331       401,154  
    Equity securities, at fair value   4,504       4,079  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   75,847       81,022  
           
    Loans receivable   7,857,190       7,874,537  
    Less: allowance for credit losses   58,495       55,096  
    Loans receivable, net   7,798,695       7,819,441  
           
    Accrued interest receivable   41,659       39,345  
    Office properties and equipment, net   82,248       83,577  
    Bank-owned life insurance   272,970       268,362  
    Goodwill and intangible assets   121,569       123,350  
    Other real estate owned   1,974       —  
    Other assets   329,741       308,432  
    Total assets $ 10,686,503     $ 10,645,568  
           
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
    Liabilities:      
    Deposits $ 7,958,059     $ 7,846,556  
    Borrowings   1,420,640       1,528,695  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance   42,793       43,509  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   185,861       186,473  
    Total liabilities   9,607,353       9,605,233  
           
    Stockholders’ equity:      
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,079,150       1,040,335  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,686,503     $ 10,645,568  
                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Consolidated Statements of Income
    (In thousands, except per share data)
           
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
    Interest income: (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
    Loans receivable $ 97,863     $ 87,548     $ 286,064     $ 252,026  
    Debt securities available for sale and equity securities   9,592       6,147       26,618       21,043  
    Debt securities held to maturity   2,616       2,434       7,487       7,338  
    Federal funds and interest-earning deposits   3,850       747       11,872       3,360  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends   1,966       1,529       5,759       3,661  
    Total interest income   115,887       98,405       337,800       287,428  
    Interest expense:              
    Deposits   52,196       35,918       150,440       81,733  
    Borrowings   18,416       13,965       55,805       45,158  
    Total interest expense   70,612       49,883       206,245       126,891  
                   
    Net interest income   45,275       48,522       131,555       160,537  
                   
    Provision for credit losses   4,103       2,379       11,575       3,632  
                   
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   41,172       46,143       119,980       156,905  
                   
    Non-interest income:              
    Demand deposit account fees   1,695       1,348       4,698       3,815  
    Bank-owned life insurance   1,669       2,014       5,253       5,670  
    Title insurance fees   688       629       1,935       1,840  
    Loan fees and service charges   951       969       3,290       3,366  
    Loss on securities transactions   —       —       (1,256 )     (10,847 )
    Change in fair value of equity securities   (27 )     (81 )     425       249  
    Gain on sale of loans   459       397       825       1,060  
    Other non-interest income   3,543       3,326       10,440       10,977  
    Total non-interest income   8,978       8,602       25,610       16,130  
                   
    Non-interest expense:              
    Compensation and employee benefits   27,738       28,765       82,910       92,383  
    Occupancy   5,594       5,845       17,621       17,337  
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   1,518       1,201       5,752       3,624  
    Advertising   766       834       2,053       2,307  
    Professional fees   2,454       2,490       11,597       6,741  
    Data processing and software expenses   4,125       3,459       12,006       10,885  
    Merger-related expenses   23       14       737       280  
    Other non-interest expense, net   616       302       2,063       861  
    Total non-interest expense   42,834       42,910       134,739       134,418  
                   
    Income before income tax expense   7,316       11,835       10,851       38,617  
                   
    Income tax expense   1,131       2,705       1,281       9,100  
                   
    Net income $ 6,185     $ 9,130     $ 9,570     $ 29,517  
                   
    Earnings per share-basic $ 0.06     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.29  
    Earnings per share-diluted $ 0.06     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.29  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-basic   101,623,160       101,968,294       101,673,619       102,993,215  
    Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted   101,832,048       102,097,491       101,813,253       103,257,616  
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
       
      For the Three Months Ended September 30,
      2024   2023
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 7,791,131     $ 97,863       5.00 %   $ 7,763,368     $ 87,548       4.47 %
    Securities   1,676,781       12,208       2.90 %     1,437,944       8,581       2.37 %
    Other interest-earning assets   344,560       5,816       6.72 %     152,900       2,276       5.91 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,812,472       115,887       4.70 %     9,354,212       98,405       4.17 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   870,155               844,884          
    Total assets $ 10,682,627             $ 10,199,096          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 1,970,444     $ 14,581       2.94 %   $ 2,054,464     $ 10,274       1.98 %
    Money market accounts   1,250,676       8,256       2.63 %     1,049,277       7,763       2.94 %
    Savings and club deposits   658,628       1,313       0.79 %     758,999       691       0.36 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,589,190       28,046       4.31 %     2,296,573       17,190       2.97 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,468,938       52,196       3.21 %     6,159,313       35,918       2.31 %
    FHLB advances   1,497,580       18,249       4.85 %     1,142,484       13,508       4.69 %
    Notes payable   —       —       — %     29,925       297       3.94 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,028       164       9.28 %     7,315       160       8.68 %
    Other borrowings   217       3       5.50 %     —       —       — %
    Total borrowings   1,504,825       18,416       4.87 %     1,179,724       13,965       4.70 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,973,763     $ 70,612       3.52 %     7,339,037     $ 49,883       2.70 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,411,622               1,498,726          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   235,990               241,463          
    Total liabilities   9,621,375               9,079,226          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,061,252               1,119,870          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,682,627             $ 10,199,096          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 45,275             $ 48,522      
    Interest rate spread           1.18 %             1.47 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,838,709             $ 2,015,175          
    Net interest margin           1.84 %             2.06 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.06 %             127.46 %        
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Average Balances/Yields
       
      For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
      2024   2023
      Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost   Average
    Balance
      Interest
    and
    Dividends
      Yield / Cost
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earnings assets:                      
    Loans $ 7,789,356     $ 286,064       4.91 %   $ 7,725,121     $ 252,026       4.36 %
    Securities   1,618,319       34,105       2.82 %     1,569,999       28,381       2.42 %
    Other interest-earning assets   370,749       17,631       6.35 %     172,151       7,021       5.45 %
    Total interest-earning assets   9,778,424       337,800       4.61 %     9,467,271       287,428       4.06 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   864,036               835,459          
    Total assets $ 10,642,460             $ 10,302,730          
                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Interest-bearing demand $ 1,972,520     $ 41,673       2.82 %   $ 2,244,978     $ 25,465       1.52 %
    Money market accounts   1,235,520       25,349       2.74 %     894,520       15,334       2.29 %
    Savings and club deposits   673,930       3,920       0.78 %     819,804       1,384       0.23 %
    Certificates of deposit   2,550,634       79,498       4.16 %     2,165,778       39,550       2.44 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   6,432,604       150,440       3.12 %     6,125,080       81,733       1.78 %
    FHLB advances   1,507,045       55,316       4.90 %     1,254,637       43,806       4.67 %
    Notes payable   —       —       — %     30,148       895       3.97 %
    Junior subordinated debentures   7,023       486       9.24 %     7,377       457       8.28 %
    Other borrowings   73       3       5.49 %     —       —       — %
    Total borrowings   1,514,141       55,805       4.92 %     1,292,162       45,158       4.67 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   7,946,745     $ 206,245       3.47 %     7,417,242     $ 126,891       2.29 %
                           
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                      
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   1,406,666               1,572,497          
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   243,848               225,629          
    Total liabilities   9,597,259               9,215,368          
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,045,201               1,087,362          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 10,642,460             $ 10,302,730          
                           
    Net interest income     $ 131,555             $ 160,537      
    Interest rate spread           1.15 %             1.77 %
    Net interest-earning assets $ 1,831,679             $ 2,050,029          
    Net interest margin           1.80 %             2.27 %
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.05 %             127.64 %        
                                   
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Components of Net Interest Rate Spread and Margin
       
      Average Yields/Costs by Quarter
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Yield on interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans   5.00 %     4.93 %     4.79 %     4.66 %     4.47 %
    Securities   2.90       2.89       2.65       2.58       2.37  
    Other interest-earning assets   6.72       6.30       6.06       5.64       5.91  
    Total interest-earning assets   4.70 %     4.64 %     4.50 %     4.39 %     4.17 %
                       
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3.21 %     3.14 %     3.02 %     2.76 %     2.31 %
    Total borrowings   4.87       4.92       4.98       4.96       4.70  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.52 %     3.49 %     3.38 %     3.18 %     2.70 %
                       
    Interest rate spread   1.18 %     1.15 %     1.12 %     1.21 %     1.47 %
    Net interest margin   1.84 %     1.81 %     1.75 %     1.85 %     2.06 %
                       
    Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities   123.06 %     123.03 %     123.06 %     125.32 %     127.46 %
                                           
    COLUMBIA FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Selected Financial Highlights
       
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS (1):                  
    Return on average assets   0.23 %     0.17 %     (0.04 )%     0.25 %     0.36 %
    Core return on average assets   0.23 %     0.20 %     0.02 %     0.38 %     0.36 %
    Return on average equity   2.32 %     1.77 %     (0.45 )%     2.31 %     3.23 %
    Core return on average equity   2.29 %     2.06 %     0.18 %     3.55 %     3.24 %
    Core return on average tangible equity   2.58 %     2.34 %     0.20 %     3.99 %     3.64 %
    Interest rate spread   1.18 %     1.15 %     1.12 %     1.21 %     1.47 %
    Net interest margin   1.84 %     1.81 %     1.75 %     1.85 %     2.06 %
    Non-interest income to average assets   0.33 %     0.35 %     0.28 %     0.42 %     0.33 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets   1.60 %     1.74 %     1.74 %     1.80 %     1.67 %
    Efficiency ratio   78.95 %     86.83 %     91.96 %     84.82 %     75.12 %
    Core efficiency ratio   79.14 %     85.34 %     88.39 %     76.93 %     75.09 %
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   123.06 %     123.03 %     123.06 %     125.32 %     127.46 %
    Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans   0.14 %     0.03 %     0.26 %     0.01 %     0.09 %
                       
    (1) Ratios are annualized when appropriate.
     
    ASSET QUALITY DATA:  
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                       
    Non-accrual loans $ 28,014     $ 25,281     $ 22,935     $ 12,618     $ 15,150  
    90+ and still accruing   —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-performing loans   28,014       25,281       22,935       12,618       15,150  
    Real estate owned   1,974       1,974       —       —       —  
    Total non-performing assets $ 29,988     $ 27,255     $ 22,935     $ 12,618     $ 15,150  
                       
    Non-performing loans to total gross loans   0.36 %     0.33 %     0.30 %     0.16 %     0.19 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.28 %     0.25 %     0.22 %     0.12 %     0.15 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACL”) $ 58,495     $ 57,062     $ 55,401     $ 55,096     $ 54,113  
    ACL to total non-performing loans   208.81 %     225.71 %     241.56 %     436.65 %     357.18 %
    ACL to gross loans   0.75 %     0.73 %     0.71 %     0.70 %     0.69 %
                                           
    LOAN DATA:  
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      (In thousands)
    Real estate loans:          
    One-to-four family $ 2,737,190     $ 2,764,177     $ 2,778,932     $ 2,792,833     $ 2,791,939  
    Multifamily   1,399,000       1,409,316       1,429,369       1,409,187       1,417,233  
    Commercial real estate   2,312,759       2,316,252       2,318,178       2,377,077       2,374,488  
    Construction   510,439       462,880       437,566       443,094       390,940  
    Commercial business loans   586,447       554,768       538,260       533,041       546,750  
    Consumer loans:                  
    Home equity loans and advances   261,041       260,427       260,786       266,632       267,016  
    Other consumer loans   2,877       2,689       2,601       2,801       2,586  
    Total gross loans   7,809,753       7,770,509       7,765,692       7,824,665       7,790,952  
    Purchased credit deteriorated loans   11,795       12,150       14,945       15,089       15,228  
    Net deferred loan costs, fees and purchased premiums and discounts   35,642       36,352       34,992       34,783       34,360  
    Allowance for credit losses   (58,495 )     (57,062 )     (55,401 )     (55,096 )     (54,113 )
    Loans receivable, net $ 7,798,695     $ 7,761,949     $ 7,760,228     $ 7,819,441     $ 7,786,427  
                                           
    CAPITAL RATIOS:      
      September 30,   December 31,
      2024 (1)   2023
    Company:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.37 %     14.08 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.59 %     13.32 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.50 %     13.23 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   10.16 %     10.04 %
           
    Columbia Bank:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   14.44 %     14.02 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.61 %     13.22 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   13.61 %     13.22 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   9.62 %     9.48 %
           
    Freehold Bank:      
    Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)   25.98 %     22.49 %
    Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   25.41 %     21.81 %
    Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)   25.41 %     21.81 %
    Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)   16.63 %     15.27 %
           
    (1) Estimated ratios at September 30, 2024
           
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
           
    Book and Tangible Book Value per Share
      September 30,   December 31,
      2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
       
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,079,150     $ 1,040,335  
    Less: goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: core deposit intangible   (9,496 )     (11,155 )
    Total tangible stockholders’ equity $ 958,939     $ 918,465  
           
    Shares outstanding   104,725,436       104,918,905  
           
    Book value per share $ 10.30     $ 9.92  
    Tangible book value per share $ 9.16     $ 8.75  
                   
    Reconciliation of Core Net Income              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023
      2024
      2023
      (In thousands)
                   
    Net income $ 6,185     $ 9,130     $ 9,570     $ 29,517  
    Add: loss on securities transactions, net of tax   —       —       1,130       9,249  
    Less/add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax   (107 )     —       385       —  
    Add: severance expense from reduction in workforce, net of tax   —       —       67       1,390  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax   19       11       691       241  
    Add: litigation expenses, net of tax   —       —       —       262  
    Core net income $ 6,097     $ 9,141     $ 11,843     $ 40,659  
                                   
    Return on Average Assets              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Net income $ 6,185     $ 9,130     $ 9,570     $ 29,517  
                   
    Average assets $ 10,682,627     $ 10,199,096     $ 10,642,460     $ 10,302,730  
                   
    Return on average assets   0.23 %     0.36 %     0.12 %     0.38 %
                   
    Core net income $ 6,097     $ 9,141     $ 11,843     $ 40,659  
                   
    Core return on average assets   0.23 %     0.36 %     0.15 %     0.53 %
                                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Return on Average Equity              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,061,252     $ 1,119,870     $ 1,045,201     $ 1,087,362  
    Add: loss on securities transactions, net of tax   —       —       1,130       9,249  
    Less/add: FDIC special assessment, net of tax   (107 )     —       385       —  
    Add: severance expense from reduction in workforce, net of tax   —       —       67       1,390  
    Add: merger-related expenses, net of tax   19       11       691       241  
    Add: litigation expenses, net of tax   —       —       —       262  
    Core average stockholders’ equity $ 1,061,164     $ 1,119,881     $ 1,047,474     $ 1,098,504  
                   
    Return on average equity   2.32 %     3.23 %     1.22 %     3.63 %
                   
    Core return on core average equity   2.29 %     3.24 %     1.51 %     4.95 %
                                   
    Return on Average Tangible Equity        
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,061,252     $ 1,119,870     $ 1,045,201     $ 1,087,362  
    Less: average goodwill   (110,715 )     (110,715 )     (110,715 )     (110,715 )
    Less: average core deposit intangible   (9,842 )     (12,109 )     (10,391 )     (12,989 )
    Total average tangible stockholders’ equity $ 940,695     $ 997,046     $ 924,095     $ 963,658  
                   
    Core return on average tangible equity   2.58 %     3.64 %     1.71 %     5.64 %
                                   
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
                   
    Efficiency Ratios              
      Three Months Ended
    September 30,
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
      2024   2023   2024   2023
      (Dollars in thousands)
                   
    Net interest income $ 45,275     $ 48,522     $ 131,555     $ 160,537  
    Non-interest income   8,978       8,602       25,610       16,130  
    Total income $ 54,253     $ 57,124     $ 157,165     $ 176,667  
                   
    Non-interest expense $ 42,834     $ 42,910     $ 134,739     $ 134,418  
                   
    Efficiency ratio   78.95 %     75.12 %     85.73 %     76.09 %
                   
    Non-interest income $ 8,978     $ 8,602     $ 25,610     $ 16,130  
    Add: loss on securities transactions   —       —       1,256       10,847  
    Core non-interest income $ 8,978     $ 8,602     $ 26,866     $ 26,977  
                   
    Non-interest expense $ 42,834     $ 42,910     $ 134,739     $ 134,418  
    Add/less: FDIC special assessment, net   126       —       (439 )     —  
    Less: severance expense from reduction in workforce   —       —       (74 )     (1,605 )
    Less: merger-related expenses   (23 )     (14 )     (737 )     (280 )
    Less: litigation expenses   —       —       —       (317 )
    Core non-interest expense $ 42,937     $ 42,896     $ 133,489     $ 132,216  
                   
    Core efficiency ratio   79.14 %     75.09 %     84.26 %     70.51 %
                                   

    Columbia Financial, Inc.
    Investor Relations Department
    (833) 550-0717

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Hanmi Financial Declares Cash Dividend of $0.25 per share

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hanmi Financial Corporation (NASDAQ: HAFC, or “Hanmi”), the parent company of Hanmi Bank (the “Bank”), today announced that its Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on its common stock for the 2024 fourth quarter of $0.25 per share. The dividend will be paid on November 20, 2024, to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 4, 2024.

    About Hanmi Financial Corporation
    Headquartered in Los Angeles, California, Hanmi Financial Corporation owns Hanmi Bank, which serves multi-ethnic communities through its network of 32 full-service branches and eight loan production offices in California, Texas, Illinois, Virginia, New Jersey, New York, Colorado, Washington and Georgia. Hanmi Bank specializes in real estate, commercial, SBA and trade finance lending to small and middle market businesses. Additional information is available at www.hanmi.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements, which are included in accordance with the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward–looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including, but not limited to, statements about our anticipated future operating and financial performance, financial position and liquidity, business strategies, regulatory and competitive outlook, investment and expenditure plans, capital and financing needs and availability, plans and objectives of management for future operations, developments regarding our capital and strategic plans, and other similar forecasts and statements of expectation and statements of assumption underlying any of the foregoing. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of such terms and other comparable terminology. Although we believe that our forward-looking statements to be reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These factors include the following:

    • a failure to maintain adequate levels of capital and liquidity to support our operations;
    • general economic and business conditions internationally, nationally and in those areas in which we operate, including any potential recessionary conditions;
    • volatility and deterioration in the credit and equity markets;
    • changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
    • availability of capital from private and government sources;
    • demographic changes;
    • competition for loans and deposits and failure to attract or retain loans and deposits;
    • inflation and fluctuations in interest rates that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments, the level of loan originations or prepayments on loans we have made and make, the level of loan sales and the cost we pay to retain and attract deposits and secure other types of funding;
    • our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
    • the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism or other geopolitical events;
    • the effect of potential future supervisory action against us or Hanmi Bank and our ability to address any issues raised in our regulatory exams;
    • risks of natural disasters;
    • legal proceedings and litigation brought against us;
    • a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks;
    • the failure to maintain current technologies;
    • risks associated with Small Business Administration loans;
    • failure to attract or retain key employees;
    • our ability to access cost-effective funding;
    • changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio and the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;
    • fluctuations in real estate values;
    • changes in accounting policies and practices;
    • changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
    • the ability of Hanmi Bank to make distributions to Hanmi Financial Corporation, which is restricted by certain factors, including Hanmi Bank’s retained earnings, net income, prior distributions made, and certain other financial tests;
    • strategic transactions we may enter into;
    • the adequacy of and changes in the methodology for computing our allowance for credit losses;
    • our credit quality and the effect of credit quality on our credit losses expense and allowance for credit losses;
    • changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers and the ability of our borrowers to perform under the terms of their loans and other terms of credit agreements;
    • our ability to control expenses; and
    • cyber security and fraud risks against our information technology and those of our third-party providers and vendors.

    In addition, we set forth certain risks in our reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K that we will file hereafter, which could cause actual results to differ from those projected. We undertake no obligation to update such forward-looking statements except as required by law.

    Investor Contacts:
    Romolo (Ron) Santarosa
    Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
    213-427-5636

    Lisa Fortuna
    Investor Relations
    Financial Profiles, Inc.
    lfortuna@finprofiles.com
    310-622-8251

    Source: Hanmi Bank

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: NANO Nuclear Energy Announces Pricing of Upsized $36 Million Underwritten Offering

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    New York, N.Y., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — NANO Nuclear Energy Inc. (NASDAQ: NNE) (“NANO Nuclear”), a vertically integrated advanced nuclear energy and technology company developing portable clean nuclear energy solutions, today announced that it has priced an upsized firm commitment, registered underwritten public offering of 2,117,646 shares of common stock and common stock purchase warrants to purchase 1,058,823 shares of common stock.

    Each share and associated warrant is being sold at a public offering price of $17.00, for gross proceeds of approximately $36 million, before deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. In addition, NANO Nuclear has granted the underwriter a 30-day overallotment option to purchase up to an additional 317,646 shares common stock and/or common stock purchase warrants to purchase 158,823 shares of common stock at the public offering price for gross proceeds of up to $5.4 million, less underwriting discounts and expenses.

    While the shares and associated warrants were marketed as a unit, such units have no stand-alone rights and will not be certificated or issued as stand-alone securities.

    The warrants are exercisable immediately, have a term of five years, and have an exercise price of $17.00 per share. The warrants will not trade on any market.

    The Benchmark Company, LLC is acting as sole book-running manager for the offering.

    NANO Nuclear intends to use the net proceeds from this offering for (i) research and development of its products and technologies, including its ‘ZEUS’ and ‘ODIN’ microreactors and nuclear fuel transportation design optimization, fuel facility investigations and development, test work and scoping studies, and other technology research and development; (ii) marketing, promotion and business development activities; and (iii) regulatory compliance, intellectual property protection, hiring additional employees, retaining additional contractors and building out NANO Nuclear’s new Nuclear Technology Headquarters in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. NANO Nuclear may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies, or additional businesses, although NANO Nuclear currently has no agreements or commitments with respect to any such transaction.

    The offering is expected to close on or about October 25, 2024, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions.

    Registration statements relating to these securities were previously filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and have become effective. The offering is being made only by means of a prospectus. Copies of the final prospectus, when available, may be obtained from The Benchmark Company, LLC, 150 East 58th St., 17th Floor, New York, NY 10155, by telephone: (212) 312-6700, or by email at Prospectus@benchmarkcompany.com.

    This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or jurisdiction.

    About NANO Nuclear Energy Inc.

    NANO Nuclear Energy Inc. (NASDAQ: NNE) is an advanced technology-driven nuclear energy company seeking to become a commercially focused, diversified, and vertically integrated company across four business lines: (i) cutting edge portable microreactor technology, (ii) nuclear fuel fabrication, (iii) nuclear fuel transportation and (iv) nuclear industry consulting services. NANO Nuclear believes it is the first portable nuclear microreactor company to be listed publicly in the U.S.

    Led by a world-class nuclear engineering team, NANO Nuclear’s products in technical development are “ZEUS”, a solid core battery reactor, and “ODIN”, a low-pressure coolant reactor, each representing advanced developments in clean energy solutions that are portable, on-demand capable, advanced nuclear microreactors.

    Advanced Fuel Transportation Inc. (AFT), a NANO Nuclear subsidiary, is led by former executives from the largest transportation company in the world aiming to build a North American transportation company that will provide commercial quantities of HALEU fuel to small modular reactors, microreactor companies, national laboratories, military, and DOE programs. Through NANO Nuclear, AFT is the exclusive licensee of a patented high-capacity HALEU fuel transportation basket developed by three major U.S. national nuclear laboratories and funded by the Department of Energy. Assuming development and commercialization, AFT is expected to form part of the only vertically integrated nuclear fuel business of its kind in North America.

    HALEU Energy Fuel Inc. (HEF), a NANO Nuclear subsidiary, is focusing on the future development of a domestic source for a High-Assay, Low-Enriched Uranium (HALEU) fuel fabrication pipeline for NANO Nuclear’s own microreactors as well as the broader advanced nuclear reactor industry.

    NANO Nuclear Space Inc. (NNS), a NANO Nuclear subsidiary, is exploring the potential commercial applications of NANO Nuclear’s developing micronuclear reactor technology in space. NNS is focusing on applications such as power systems for extraterrestrial projects and human sustaining environments, and potentially propulsion technology for long haul space missions. NNS’ initial focus will be on cis-lunar applications, referring to uses in the space region extending from Earth to the area surrounding the Moon’s surface.

    For further information, please contact:

    Email: IR@NANONuclearEnergy.com
    Business Tel: (212) 634-9206

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

    This news release and statements of NANO Nuclear’s management in connection with this news release or related events contain or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In this context, forward-looking statements mean statements (including statements related to the public offering, including the proposed use of proceeds from such offering, as described herein) related to future events, which may impact our expected future business and financial performance, and often contain words such as “seek,” “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “potential”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would” or “may” and other words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this news release and represent management’s current views and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve significant known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. Readers are cautioned that actual results may differ materially and adversely from the results implied in forward-looking statements. For NANO Nuclear, particular risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual future results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the following: (i) risks related to our U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) or related state nuclear fuel licensing submissions, (ii) risks related the development of new or advanced technology, including difficulties with design and testing, cost overruns, regulatory delays and the development of competitive technology, (iii) our ability to obtain contracts and funding to be able to continue operations, (iv) risks related to uncertainty regarding our ability to technologically develop and commercially deploy a competitive advanced nuclear reactor or other technology in the timelines we anticipate, if ever, (v) risks related to the impact of government regulation and policies including by the DOE and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, including those associated with the recently enacted ADVANCE Act, and (vi) similar risks and uncertainties associated with the business of a start-up business operating a highly regulated industry. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this news release. These factors may not constitute all of the factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in any forward-looking statement, and the Company therefore encourages investors to review other factors that may affect future results in the Company’s filings with the SEC, which are available for review at www.sec.gov and at https://ir.nanonuclearenergy.com/financial-information/sec-filings. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this news release, and forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a predictor of actual results. We do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this news release, except as required by law.

    Attachment

    • NANO Nuclear Energy Inc.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Equipment Leasing and Finance Association CapEx Finance Index: September 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ********************************************************************************************************
    Note to readers: ELFA has updated the name of the Monthly Leasing and Finance Index (MLFI-25) to the CapEx Finance Index (CFI) to better reflect what it measures and how it impacts the broader U.S. economy.
    ********************************************************************************************************

    WASHINGTON, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    Demand for equipment picked up. New business volume grew by $10.0 billion from August to September, a monthly increase of 2.2% before rounding. Growth in business volume has been uneven in 2024 but continues to hover around historic highs. The September release suggests that equipment investment continued to expand at a healthy pace at the end of the third quarter.  

    Bank lending drove new business growth. The sub-index for business volume at banks grew by 10.9% from August to September, which was more than enough to offset the contraction in activity at captives and independents, which declined by 2.3% and 9.8%, respectively. The figure below shows that bank activity has lagged other sources over the last few years, but the latest data suggests that banks may be easing back into the lending and leasing market.

    Lenders continue to add headcount. The 12-month change in employment was just over 1.0%, slightly slowing from the 1.2% pace recorded in August. Employment has been a source of strength this year, following nearly five years of persistent declines in headcount.

    Credit approvals remained steady. The percentage of credit applications approved ticked down 0.7 percentage points to 75.6%. The approval rate has been hovering around 75% for most of 2024.

    Lender balance sheets improved for a second consecutive month. The percentage of credit lines over 30 days past due and charge-offs declined. Both have been trending up over the last two years as borrowing conditions tightened due to the rapid increase in interest rates.

    Industry Confidence
    The Monthly Confidence Index from ELFA’s affiliate, the Equipment Leasing & Finance Foundation, is 61.8 in October, steady with the September index of 61.9, which was the highest level since January 2022.

    Industry Voices

    “Our latest CapEx Finance Survey showed that equipment demand continued to defy high interest rates in September. The uptick in bank lending was particularly encouraging and is something I will be watching closely as we approach the end of the year. I wouldn’t be surprised if the next few surveys show a cooling in lending volumes as election uncertainty peaks and some businesses wait for rates to drop further. That said, balance sheets continued to improve, and the percentage of approved new credit applications remained healthy, signs that lenders and borrowers are in a great position to weather any gusts that might come along in the fourth quarter.”
    ELFA President and CEO, Leigh Lytle

    “A healthy increase in YOY business volume, especially in August and September, validates our 12-month increase in headcount as we continue strengthening our value proposition for all of CEFI’s stakeholders. A decreasing interest rate environment driving increased business volume and net interest margin will enhance bottom-line returns for CEFI and the industry until competitors become more aggressive.” Ricardo E. Rios, CFA, CLFP, President & COO, Commercial Equipment Finance, Inc (CEFI)

    About ELFA’s CFI
    The CFI is the only near-real-time index that reflects capex, or the volume of commercial equipment financed in the U.S. It is released monthly from Washington, D.C., one day before the U.S. Department of Commerce’s durable goods report. This financial indicator complements reports like the Institute for Supply Management Index, providing a comprehensive view of productive assets in the U.S. economy—equipment produced, acquired and financed. The CFI consists of two years of business activity data from 25 participating companies. For more details, including methodology and participants, visit www.elfaonline.org/CFI.

    About ELFA
    The Equipment Leasing and Finance Association (ELFA) represents financial services companies and manufacturers in the $1 trillion U.S. equipment finance sector. ELFA’s 575 member companies provide essential financing that helps businesses acquire the equipment they need to operate and grow. Learn how equipment finance contributes to businesses’ success, U.S. economic growth, manufacturing and jobs at http://www.elfaonline.org.

    Media/Press Contact: Amy Vogt, Vice President, Communications and Marketing, ELFA, avogt@elfaonline.org

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at:
    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/cee789e6-c777-4190-9b5d-4361b6712379

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/721cf1e0-33c3-4767-882b-bceb720b01b1

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: 53% of U.S. Tenants Face Housing Affordability Crisis

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORT COLLINS, Colo., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — A recent study from all-in-one landlord software TurboTenant reveals that over half of renters spend more than 30% of their gross income on rent, meaning they are cost burdened. Though classical wisdom dictates spending no more than 30% of gross income on rent, as cited by industry leaders like Business Insider and Nerdwallet, most renters can’t abide by this advice.

    Worse still, 19% of respondents are severely cost burdened, dedicating 50% or more of their income to housing expenses in August 2024. These findings highlight a growing challenge for renters as the average monthly rent has climbed to $1,739 with median rents across the U.S. hitting $2,075, according to Zillow.

    “It’s frustrating that rents keep going up. I’d like to buy a home—the payments would be significantly cheaper than renting—but I can never hope to save up for a down payment with rent taking up such a huge portion of my income!” said Amber H. of Kansas, who reported paying 40-49% of her income in rent.

    To address this mounting issue, TurboTenant partners with Livble, a flexible rent payment solution that empowers renters to take control of their largest expense by breaking it into more affordable installments—while guaranteeing each landlord receives their rent payment on time and in full.

    “With over half of renters cost burdened, it’s essential to provide solutions that benefit both sides of the equation. We’re proud that our partnership with Livble improves renters’ financial security while maintaining financial stability for housing providers,” said Seamus Nally, TurboTenant’s CEO.

    Renters looking to take advantage of TurboTenant and Livble’s partnership should create a free TurboTenant account, then invite their landlord to do the same. Landlords collect rent at no cost through the leading rental property management platform and can easily set up a recurring charge. Then, the tenant should navigate to the “Payments” tab of their account, where eligible renters will see the option to learn more about Livble, and all can set up automatic payments to make rent that much less stressful.

    About TurboTenant
    More than 700,000 independent landlords across the U.S. enjoy TurboTenant’s all-in-one online property management solutions, including rental applications, tenant screening, rent payments, and lease agreements. Please contact press@turbotenant.com or visit turbotenant.com for more information.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Samsung’s Commitment To Advancing the Global Goals Through Open Collaboration

    Source: Samsung

    Samsung Electronics believes small efforts can make a big impact, especially when collaborating with like-minded partners. For the past five years, Samsung and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) have worked together with one shared goal — harnessing technology to effect global change.
    Central to this mission is the belief in the potential of young people, particularly millennials and Gen Z. As tech-savvy global citizens, their optimism and conviction drive progress on issues like climate change and social equity. With the right tools and platforms, they have the power to influence policymakers and businesses toward a more sustainable future.

    As the 2030 deadline for the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) approaches, Samsung and UNDP remain committed to the Global Goals. Both organizations have made significant strides in creating real-world impact by prioritizing innovation. In celebration of United Nations Day, Samsung has released a report that marks our five-year relationship, highlighting progress in raising awareness of the Global Goals through initiatives like the Samsung Global Goals app and Generation17.
    “We believe in the power of collective effort to create a better future for upcoming generations and using technology for the greater good,” said Stephanie Choi, EVP & Head of Marketing, Mobile eXperience Business at Samsung Electronics. “Our partnership with UNDP over the past five years has been a meaningful step in this journey, as we’ve worked together to support young changemakers and raise awareness of the Global Goals. We’re grateful for the opportunity to contribute to a better future for all, and we look forward to continuing our journey to 2030 with the Galaxy community.”
    “The only way we are going to confront the world’s biggest challenges is through cooperation. Our partnership with Samsung shows the power of true collaboration between the public and private sectors,” added Achim Steiner, Administrator of UNDP. “We are proud of the progress that we’ve seen in both the Samsung Global Goals app and the Generation17 initiative to empower youth to advance the SDGs. We look forward to continuing and exploring new frontiers in our partnership to drive sustainable development in the years ahead.”
    The Samsung Global Goals app allows Galaxy users to work toward the Global Goals in an easy, collaborative way.
    Samsung and UNDP partnered in 2019 to launch the Samsung Global Goals app 1 — a platform that educates Galaxy users about the 17 Global Goals and allows them to generate donations through in-app ads, using wallpapers to increase their earnings and direct contributions. Samsung then matches all proceeds from the in-app ads, maximizing our collaborative efforts to support UNDP’s work in advancing the Global Goals and contributing to their achievement.
    To further engage Galaxy users, we introduced new interactive features such as the Donation Leader Board in 2023. In 2024, we launched limited-edition wallpapers as “Thank-you Gifts” as a token of appreciation to active users. The wallpapers, available on Samsung Galaxy smartphones and watches, highlight different endangered species supported by UNDP Global Goals initiatives.
    The Samsung Global Goals app has engaged millions of Galaxy users and raised substantial funds to support UNDP’s work in advancing the Global Goals and contributing to their achievements.
    Since its launch, the Samsung Global Goals app has reached nearly 300 million Galaxy users 2 and raised more than $20 million3 for UNDP. Users have identified Goal 1 (No Poverty), Goal 2 (Zero Hunger) and Goal 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation) as their top priorities, offering valuable insights into the global issues that matter most to them.

    Galaxy users have identified Goal 1 (No Poverty), Goal 2 (Zero Hunger) and Goal 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation) as their top priorities.
    Looking ahead, we are dedicated to expanding the app’s impact to inspire collective action and create lasting change.
    Generation17
    In 2020, Samsung and UNDP launched Generation17 to support young changemakers advancing the Global Goals with the belief in the power of youth to create meaningful change. The initiative provides technology, mentorship and networking opportunities to Young Leaders worldwide — supporting 16 such individuals across six regions to date and sharing their stories through Samsung and UNDP’s global platforms.
    Through the initiative, the Generation17 Young Leaders have been able to attend major global events such as the Mobile World Congress, the UN Economic and Social Council Youth Forum and the UN Summit of the Future Action Days. These engagements give them a platform to collaborate with global decision-makers across different sectors.

    MIL OSI Economics –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Rep. Cuellar Participates in Panel Discussion on Colombia Bridge Expansion and International Trade

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Henry Cuellar (TX-28)

    LAREDO, TX – Today, Congressman Henry Cuellar (TX-28), Ph.D. participated in a panel discussion hosted by the Laredo Chamber of Commerce in Laredo, TX, on the Colombia Bridge expansion project and international trade.  

    “I’m pleased to have worked with Senator Cruz to include language in the FY24 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) to expedite the Presidential permit for the Colombia-Solidarity Bridge expansion project,” said Dr. Cuellar, a senior member of the House Appropriations Committee. “By expanding the bridge from 8 lanes to 16 lanes, this project will improve our supply chain, reduce congestion, and provide economic growth. I am thankful to the Laredo Chamber of Commerce for hosting this discussion on the Colombia Bridge expansion project and to Senator Cruz, Mayor Victor Trevino, City Manager Joseph Neeb, and Governor Samuel Garcia for being here today to discuss this important project.”  

    The panel discussion included panelists Rep. Cuellar, City of Laredo Mayor Victor Trevino, Senator Cruz, and Nuevo León Governor Samuel Garcia. The discussion covered the importance of the Colombia Bridge expansion project, trade between the United States and Mexico, and other developments impacting commerce in the district.  

    Presidential permits are required for construction projects at border crossings. Obtaining a permit currently requires an environmental review, which often takes years to complete. Dr. Cuellar’s language would direct the President to issue conditional permits for projects while environmental reviews required under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) are ongoing. 

    Dr. Cuellar has long worked to streamline the Presidential permitting process for border bridges. As a senior member of the House Appropriations Committee, Dr. Cuellar secured language to reform the Presidential permit process for border bridges in the Fiscal Year 2024 State, Foreign Operations, and Related Programs House appropriations bill, which would expedite the Colombia-Solidarity expansion project in Laredo. 

    The National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) is an annual law specifying the budget and expenditures for the U.S. Department of Defense. 

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI China: BRICS countries enhance cooperation through close economic, trade exchanges

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, Oct. 24 — Economic and trade ties among BRICS countries are becoming increasingly close, and China is playing an important role in driving mutually beneficial BRICS cooperation.

    The term BRIC was initially coined in 2001 as a concept referring to the emerging market economies of Brazil, Russia, India and China. With South Africa’s inclusion in 2010, BRICS officially took shape.

    Following last year’s expansion, the BRICS grouping now represents approximately 30 percent of global GDP, nearly half of the world’s population, and one-fifth of global trade. It has become the world’s most important platform for solidarity and cooperation among emerging markets and developing countries.

    The 16th BRICS Summit, held Tuesday to Thursday in Kazan, Russia, has drawn global attention and is believed to bring new economic and trade cooperation opportunities between China and other BRICS nations.

    China’s foreign trade with other BRICS member countries reached 4.62 trillion yuan (648 billion U.S. dollars) in the first nine months of 2024, a year-on-year increase of 5.1 percent, customs data showed.

    The trade growth can be attributed to a high degree of economic complementarity, as well as China’s commitment to high-level opening up and the free trade agreements between China and other BRICS countries, said Hong Yong, a researcher with the Chinese Academy of International Trade and Economic Cooperation under the Ministry of Commerce.

    In the industrial sector, China’s exports of steel and textile raw materials to other BRICS nations grew by 8.6 percent and 13.4 percent year on year in the first three quarters.

    During the same period, China’s exports of intermediate goods such as integrated circuits, tablet display modules and aircraft parts to other BRICS countries achieved double-digit growth, helping other BRICS members boost their emerging industries.

    Trade in agricultural products has also been robust. In the first three quarters, over 80 percent of poultry and frozen pollack and over 50 percent of crabs imported by China came from BRICS members.

    “For BRICS countries, trade cooperation is not only conducive to promoting technological exchanges and innovation but also to bringing more development opportunities for member countries and even the world,” Hong added.

    Regarding the financial sector, the New Development Bank is a flagship project of BRICS cooperation. As the first multilateral development bank established by emerging economies, the Shanghai-headquartered institution provides financing support for infrastructure development, clean energy, environmental protection, and the building of cyber infrastructure across BRICS countries.

    Funding a raft of projects ranging from India’s urban rail to Brazil’s wind power complexes, the bank has cumulatively approved loans of 35 billion U.S. dollars for more than 100 projects to date.

    Building on its commitment to multilateralism, BRICS has taken practical steps to unlock the potential of economic and trade cooperation and create new growth areas. These include policy coordination and joint initiatives to enhance trade and investment opportunities among member states.

    At the 14th BRICS Economic and Foreign Trade Ministers’ Meeting held in Moscow in July, participants agreed to step up exchanges and cooperation in emerging areas such as global value chains, digital technologies and special economic zones, conduct practical cooperation in green product standards, electronic documentation and e-commerce, and strengthen policy exchanges, capacity building and best practice sharing.

    By enhancing economic and trade exchanges, BRICS countries have capitalized on their complementary advantages, serving as an important force to oppose trade protectionism and promote global economic growth, noted Liu Ying, a researcher with the Chongyang Institute for Financial Studies, Renmin University of China.

    MIL OSI China News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. Announces Financial Results for the Third Quarter of the Year Ending December 31, 2024 and an Increase in the Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ASHEVILLE, N.C., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. (NASDAQ: HTBI) (“Company”), the holding company of HomeTrust Bank (“Bank”), today announced preliminary net income for the third quarter of the year ending December 31, 2024 and an increase in its quarterly cash dividend.

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024:

    • net income was $13.1 million compared to $12.4 million;
    • diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) were $0.76 compared to $0.73;
    • annualized return on assets (“ROA”) was 1.17% compared to 1.13%;
    • annualized return on equity (“ROE”) was 9.76% compared to 9.58%;
    • net interest margin was 4.00% compared to 4.08%;
    • provision for credit losses was $3.0 million compared to $4.3 million; and
    • quarterly cash dividends continued at $0.11 per share totaling $1.9 million for both periods.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023:

    • net income was $40.6 million compared to $36.6 million;
    • diluted EPS were $2.37 compared to $2.18;
    • annualized ROA was 1.22% compared to 1.15%;
    • annualized ROE was 10.39% compared to 10.56%;
    • net interest margin was 4.03% compared to 4.29%;
    • provision for credit losses was $8.4 million compared to $11.7 million;
    • tax-free death benefit proceeds from life insurance were $1.1 million for both periods; and
    • cash dividends of $0.33 per share totaling $5.6 million compared to $0.30 per share totaling $5.1 million.

    Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 include the impact of the merger of Quantum Capital Corp. (“Quantum”) into the Company effective February 12, 2023. The addition of Quantum contributed total assets of $656.7 million, including loans of $561.9 million, and $570.6 million of deposits, all reflecting the impact of purchase accounting adjustments. Merger-related expenses of $4.7 million were recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2023, while a $5.3 million provision for credit losses was recognized during the same period to establish allowances for credit losses on both Quantum’s loan portfolio and off-balance-sheet credit exposure.

    The Company also announced today that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per common share, reflecting a $0.01, or 9.0%, increase over the previous quarter’s dividend. This is the sixth increase of the quarterly dividend since the Company initiated cash dividends in November 2018. The dividend is payable on November 27, 2024 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on November 14, 2024.

    “We are pleased to report another quarter of strong financial results,” said Hunter Westbrook, President and Chief Executive Officer. “We maintained our top quartile net interest margin, our ninth straight quarter at 4.00% or more. In addition, noninterest income and expense were both in line with prior quarters. Our provision for credit losses of $3.0 million included an additional $2.2 million as a reserve build for the potential impact of Hurricane Helene upon our loan portfolio. We have begun working with our loan customers on payment deferrals of up to six months, and although we aren’t currently aware of any collectability issues, we will continue assessing the impact of the storm upon our customer base.

    “As you know, many of the communities we serve were affected by this storm, impacting both our employees and customers. I’d first like to thank our employees who have assisted in maintaining bank operations while also tending to their personal and familial responsibilities. It has been amazing to watch the teamwork, collaboration and personal sacrifice across all areas of the Bank as we remained functionally operational throughout the storm, including our electronic banking services and online operations. Currently, all of our banking locations are open with most of the affected areas in our markets recovering well and operating close to normal. As for our customers in the affected areas, it will take time to assess, react and recover from Hurricane Helene. We are committed to working with them to provide the banking support needed for their businesses and homes.

    “Lastly, I am thankful for the Company’s financial strength and geographic diversification which we have built over the last decade, with respect to both our employees and customer base, which provides the foundation to overcome unforeseen events such as this storm. We remain optimistic as we work together to continue the recovery.”

    WEBSITE: WWW.HTB.COM

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024
    Net Income.  Net income totaled $13.1 million, or $0.76 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $12.4 million, or $0.73 per diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2024, an increase of $694,000, or 5.6%. Results for the three months ended September 30, 2024 were positively impacted by a decrease of $1.3 million in the provision for credit losses. Details of the changes in the various components of net income are further discussed below.

    Net Interest Income.  The following table presents the distribution of average assets, liabilities and equity, as well as interest income earned on average interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on average interest-bearing liabilities. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

      Three Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
    Assets                      
    Interest-earning assets                      
    Loans receivable(1) $ 3,899,460     $ 63,305   6.46 %   $ 3,885,222     $ 62,161   6.43 %
    Debt securities available for sale   140,246       1,616   4.58       134,334       1,495   4.48  
    Other interest-earning assets(2)   144,931       1,728   4.74       140,376       1,758   5.04  
    Total interest-earning assets   4,184,637       66,649   6.34       4,159,932       65,414   6.32  
    Other assets   264,579               266,983          
    Total assets $ 4,449,216             $ 4,426,915          
    Liabilities and equity                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities                      
    Interest-bearing checking accounts $ 548,024     $ 1,278   0.93 %   $ 586,396     $ 1,445   0.99 %
    Money market accounts   1,335,798       10,757   3.20       1,298,177       10,221   3.17  
    Savings accounts   182,618       40   0.09       188,028       41   0.09  
    Certificate accounts   1,012,765       11,617   4.56       902,864       9,976   4.44  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,079,205       23,692   3.06       2,975,465       21,683   2.93  
    Junior subordinated debt   10,079       235   9.28       10,054       234   9.36  
    Borrowings   40,399       648   6.38       87,315       1,331   6.13  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3,129,683       24,575   3.12       3,072,834       23,248   3.04  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   719,710               769,016          
    Other liabilities   65,097               63,503          
    Total liabilities   3,914,490               3,905,353          
    Stockholders’ equity   534,726               521,562          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,449,216             $ 4,426,915          
    Net earning assets $ 1,054,954             $ 1,087,098          
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   133.71 %             135.38 %        
    Non-tax-equivalent                      
    Net interest income     $ 42,074           $ 42,166    
    Interest rate spread         3.22 %           3.28 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.00 %           4.08 %
    Tax-equivalent(4)                      
    Net interest income     $ 42,442           $ 42,520    
    Interest rate spread         3.25 %           3.32 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.03 %           4.11 %

    (1)  Average loans receivable balances include loans held for sale and nonaccruing loans.
    (2)  Average other interest-earning assets consist of FRB stock, FHLB stock, SBIC investments and deposits in other banks.
    (3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4)  Tax-equivalent results include adjustments to interest income of $368 and $354 for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively, calculated based on a combined federal and state tax rate of 24%.

    Total interest and dividend income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.2 million, or 1.9%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024, which was driven by a $1.1 million, or 1.8%, increase in loan interest income primarily due to the difference in the number of days in each quarter. Accretion income on acquired loans of $640,000 and $678,000 was recognized during the same periods, respectively, and was included in interest income on loans.

    Total interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.3 million, or 5.7%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily the result of increases in the average balances of money market and certificate accounts, partially offset by a decline in average borrowings outstanding.

    The following table shows the effects that changes in average balances (volume), including the difference in the number of days in the periods compared, and average interest rates (rate) had on the interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities:

      Increase / (Decrease)
    Due to
      Total
    Increase /
    (Decrease)
    (Dollars in thousands) Volume   Rate  
    Interest-earning assets          
    Loans receivable $ 916     $ 228     $ 1,144  
    Debt securities available for sale   83       38       121  
    Other interest-earning assets   76       (106 )     (30 )
    Total interest-earning assets   1,075       160       1,235  
    Interest-bearing liabilities          
    Interest-bearing checking accounts   (81 )     (86 )     (167 )
    Money market accounts   413       123       536  
    Savings accounts   (1 )     —       (1 )
    Certificate accounts   1,341       300       1,641  
    Junior subordinated debt   3       (2 )     1  
    Borrowings   (708 )     25       (683 )
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   967       360       1,327  
    Decrease in net interest income         $ (92 )


    Provision for Credit Losses.
      The provision for credit losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) at an appropriate level under the current expected credit losses model.

    The following table presents a breakdown of the components of the provision for credit losses:

      Three Months Ended      
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   $ Change   % Change
    Provision for credit losses                
    Loans $ 2,990     $ 4,300     $ (1,310 )   (30 )%
    Off-balance-sheet credit exposure   (15 )     (40 )     25     63  
    Total provision for credit losses $ 2,975     $ 4,260     $ (1,285 )   (30 )%

    For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of the following, offset by net charge-offs of $4.1 million during the quarter:

    • $0.4 million benefit driven by changes in the loan mix.
    • $1.2 million provision due to changes in the projected economic forecast, specifically the national unemployment rate, and changes in qualitative adjustments. Included in this change was the addition of a $2.2 million qualitative allocation for the potential impact of Hurricane Helene upon our loan portfolio.
    • $1.9 million decrease in specific reserves on individually evaluated loans as we charged-off specific reserves which had previously been established.

    For the quarter ended June 30, 2024, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of the following, in addition to net charge-offs of $2.6 million during the quarter:

    • $0.1 million provision driven by changes in the loan mix.
    • $0.4 million benefit due to changes in the projected economic forecast and changes in qualitative adjustments.
    • $2.0 million increase in specific reserves on individually evaluated loans which was proportional to the increase in the associated loan balances which increased from $8.3 million to $16.3 million quarter-over-quarter, concentrated in the equipment finance and SBA portfolios.

    For the quarters ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, the amounts recorded for off-balance-sheet credit exposure were the result of changes in the balance of loan commitments, loan mix and projected economic forecast as outlined above.

    Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $169,000, or 2.1%, when compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Changes in the components of noninterest income are discussed below:

      Three Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest income              
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts $ 2,336     $ 2,354     $ (18 )   (1 )%
    Loan income and fees   684       647       37     6  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale   1,900       1,828       72     4  
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income   828       807       21     3  
    Operating lease income   1,637       1,591       46     3  
    Other   897       886       11     1  
    Total noninterest income $ 8,282     $ 8,113     $ 169     2 %
                                 
    • Gain on sale of loans held for sale: The increase was primarily driven by residential mortgage loans sold during the period. There were $21.7 million of residential mortgage loans originated for sale which were sold during the current quarter with gains of $479,000 compared to $21.3 million sold with gains of $351,000 in the prior quarter, with the improvement in profitability due to movement in interest rates. There were $54.6 million of HELOCs sold for a gain of $414,000 compared to $32.9 million sold with gains of $457,000 in the prior quarter. There were $12.9 million in sales of the guaranteed portion of SBA commercial loans with gains of $1.0 million for the quarter compared to $12.7 million sold and gains of $1.1 million for the prior quarter. Our hedging of mandatory commitments on the residential mortgage loan pipeline resulted in a gain of $18,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 versus a loss of $58,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2024 increased $375,000, or 1.2%, when compared to the three months ended June 30, 2024. Changes in the components of noninterest expense are discussed below:

      Three Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   June 30, 2024   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 17,082     $ 16,608     $ 474     3 %
    Occupancy expense, net   2,436       2,419       17     1  
    Computer services   3,192       3,116       76     2  
    Telephone, postage and supplies   547       580       (33 )   (6 )
    Marketing and advertising   408       606       (198 )   (33 )
    Deposit insurance premiums   589       531       58     11  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   567       567       —     —  
    Other   5,764       5,783       (19 )   —  
    Total noninterest expense $ 30,585     $ 30,210     $ 375     1 %
                                 
    • Salaries and employee benefits: The quarter-over-quarter increase was primarily the result of executive pay increases effective this quarter and additional stock incentive expense associated with the vesting of performance-based equity awards.
    • Marketing and advertising: The decrease in expense was the result of both differences in the timing of when expenses were incurred quarter-over-quarter as well as a reduction in traditional media advertising (print, billboards, etc.) in favor of digital platforms at lower costs.

    Income Taxes.  The amount of income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, tax-exempt income, changes in the statutory rate and the effect of changes in valuation allowances maintained against deferred tax benefits. The effective tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024 were 21.9% and 21.4%, respectively.

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023
    Net Income.  Net income totaled $40.6 million, or $2.37 per diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $36.6 million, or $2.18 per diluted share, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, an increase of $4.0 million, or 11.0%. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 were positively impacted by a decrease of $3.3 million in the provision for credit losses, a $1.4 million increase in noninterest income, and a $2.6 million decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in net interest income and a $1.3 million increase in income tax expense. Details of the changes in the various components of net income are further discussed below.

    Net Interest Income.  The following table presents the distribution of average assets, liabilities and equity, as well as interest income earned on average interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on average interest-bearing liabilities. All average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

      Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    (Dollars in thousands) Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
    Outstanding
      Interest
    Earned /
    Paid
      Yield /
    Rate
    Assets                      
    Interest-earning assets                      
    Loans receivable(1) $ 3,883,040     $ 185,418   6.38 %   $ 3,684,518     $ 162,526   5.90 %
    Debt securities available for sale   133,779       4,424   4.42       155,884       3,780   3.24  
    Other interest-earning assets(2)   138,956       5,576   5.36       137,065       5,356   5.22  
    Total interest-earning assets   4,155,775       195,418   6.28       3,977,467       171,662   5.77  
    Other assets   276,516               266,867          
    Total assets $ 4,432,291             $ 4,244,334          
    Liabilities and equity                      
    Interest-bearing liabilities                      
    Interest-bearing checking accounts $ 574,954     $ 4,149   0.96 %   $ 627,200     $ 3,241   0.69 %
    Money market accounts   1,305,217       30,642   3.14       1,206,119       18,604   2.06  
    Savings accounts   187,447       124   0.09       218,683       143   0.09  
    Certificate accounts   934,702       30,778   4.40       649,755       14,967   3.08  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   3,002,320       65,693   2.92       2,701,757       36,955   1.83  
    Junior subordinated debt   10,054       705   9.37       8,428       563   8.93  
    Borrowings   76,823       3,550   6.17       158,965       6,634   5.58  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3,089,197       69,948   3.02       2,869,150       44,152   2.06  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   766,110               857,315          
    Other liabilities   55,217               54,513          
    Total liabilities   3,910,524               3,780,978          
    Stockholders’ equity   521,767               463,356          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,432,291             $ 4,244,334          
    Net earning assets $ 1,066,578             $ 1,108,317          
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   134.53 %             138.63 %        
    Non-tax-equivalent                      
    Net interest income     $ 125,470           $ 127,510    
    Interest rate spread         3.26 %           3.71 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.03 %           4.29 %
    Tax-equivalent                      
    Net interest income     $ 126,542           $ 128,413    
    Interest rate spread         3.30 %           3.74 %
    Net interest margin(3)         4.07 %           4.32 %

    (1)  Average loans receivable balances include loans held for sale and nonaccruing loans.
    (2)  Average other interest-earning assets consist of FRB stock, FHLB stock, SBIC investments and deposits in other banks.
    (3)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4)  Tax-equivalent results include adjustments to interest income of $1,072 and $903 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, respectively, calculated based on a combined federal and state tax rate of 24%.

    Total interest and dividend income for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased $23.8 million, or 13.8%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023, which was driven by a $22.9 million, or 14.1%, increase in interest income on loans. Accretion income on acquired loans of $2.0 million and $1.7 million was recognized during the same periods, respectively, and was included in interest income on loans. The overall increase in average yield on interest-earning assets was the result of both higher average balances and rising interest rates.

    Total interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased $25.8 million, or 58.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The change was primarily the result of increases in the cost of funds across all funding sources driven by higher market interest rates and increases in the average balances of money market and certificate accounts, partially offset by a decline in average borrowings outstanding.

    The following table shows the effects that changes in average balances (volume), including the difference in the number of days in the periods compared, and average interest rates (rate) had on the interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities:

      Increase / (Decrease)
    Due to
      Total
    Increase /
    (Decrease)
    (Dollars in thousands) Volume   Rate  
    Interest-earning assets          
    Loans receivable $ 8,927     $ 13,965     $ 22,892  
    Debt securities available for sale   (532 )     1,176       644  
    Other interest-earning assets   79       141       220  
    Total interest-earning assets   8,474       15,282       23,756  
    Interest-bearing liabilities          
    Interest-bearing checking accounts   (266 )     1,174       908  
    Money market accounts   1,557       10,481       12,038  
    Savings accounts   (20 )     1       (19 )
    Certificate accounts   6,592       9,219       15,811  
    Junior subordinated debt   109       33       142  
    Borrowings   (3,425 )     341       (3,084 )
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,547       21,249       25,796  
    Decrease in net interest income         $ (2,040 )

    Provision for Credit Losses.  The following table presents a breakdown of the components of the provision for credit losses:

      Nine Months Ended      
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023   $ Change   % Change
    Provision for credit losses                
    Loans $ 8,435     $ 12,120     $ (3,685 )   (30 )%
    Off-balance-sheet credit exposure   (35 )     (385 )     350     91  
    Total provision for credit losses $ 8,400     $ 11,735     $ (3,335 )   (28 )%

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of net charge-offs of $8.9 million during the period, partially offset by a $0.4 million benefit due to changes in the loan mix.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the “loans” portion of the provision for credit losses was the result of the following, in addition to net charge-offs of $3.9 million during the period:

    • $4.9 million provision to establish an allowance on Quantum’s loan portfolio.
    • $3.0 million provision due to changes in the projected economic forecast, specifically the national unemployment rate, and changes in qualitative adjustments.
    • $0.3 million increase in specific reserves on individually evaluated credits.

    For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023, the amounts recorded for off-balance-sheet credit exposure were the result of changes in the balance of loan commitments, loan mix and projected economic forecast as outlined above.

    Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 increased $1.4 million, or 5.8%, when compared to the same period last year. Changes in the components of noninterest income are discussed below:

      Nine Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest income              
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts $ 6,839     $ 6,967     $ (128 )   (2 )%
    Loan income and fees   2,009       1,913       96     5  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale   5,185       4,213       972     23  
    BOLI income   3,470       2,844       626     22  
    Operating lease income   5,087       4,515       572     13  
    Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment   (9 )     982       (991 )   (101 )
    Other   2,625       2,391       234     10  
    Total noninterest income $ 25,206     $ 23,825     $ 1,381     6 %
                                 
    • Gain on sale of loans held for sale: The increase in the gain on sale of loans held for sale was primarily driven by residential mortgage and SBA loans sold during the period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2024, there were $58.3 million of residential mortgage loans originated for sale which were sold with gains of $1.1 million compared to $48.7 million sold with gains of $633,000 for the corresponding period in the prior year, with the improvement in profitability due to movement in interest rates. There were $38.5 million of sales of the guaranteed portion of SBA commercial loans with gains of $3.1 million compared to $41.1 million sold and gains of $2.6 million for the corresponding period in the prior year. There were $95.4 million of HELOCs sold during the current period for a gain of $887,000 compared to $66.4 million sold and gains of $552,000 for the corresponding period in the prior year. Our hedging of mandatory commitments on the residential mortgage loan pipeline resulted in a gain of $15,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 versus a gain of $426,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.
    • BOLI income: The increase was due to higher yielding policies as a result of restructuring the portfolio at the end of the prior calendar year.
    • Operating lease income: The increase in operating lease income was the result of $1.7 million in additional contractual earnings on a higher average outstanding balance of the associated contracts, partially offset by losses incurred on previously leased equipment, where we recognized a net loss of $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 versus a net loss of $210,000 in the same period last year.
    • Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment: During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, two properties were sold for a combined gain of $982,000. No material disposal activity occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

    Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 decreased $2.6 million, or 2.8%, when compared to the same period last year. Changes in the components of noninterest expense are discussed below:

      Nine Months Ended    
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023   $ Change   % Change
    Noninterest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 50,666     $ 49,436     $ 1,230     2 %
    Occupancy expense, net   7,292       7,556       (264 )   (3 )
    Computer services   9,396       9,386       10     —  
    Telephone, postage and supplies   1,712       1,942       (230 )   (12 )
    Marketing and advertising   1,659       1,555       104     7  
    Deposit insurance premiums   1,674       1,878       (204 )   (11 )
    Core deposit intangible amortization   1,896       2,324       (428 )   (18 )
    Merger-related expenses   —       4,741       (4,741 )   (100 )
    Other   16,364       14,490       1,874     13  
    Total noninterest expense $ 90,659     $ 93,308     $ (2,649 )   (3 )%
                               
    • Salaries and employee benefits: The increase was primarily the result of pay increases, partially offset by reductions in incentive pay.
    • Core deposit intangible amortization: The intangible recorded associated with the Quantum merger is being amortized on an accelerated basis, so the rate of amortization slowed year-over-year.
    • Merger-related expenses: The prior period included expenses associated with the Company’s merger with Quantum. No such expenses were incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2024.
    • Other: The increase period-over-period was primarily driven by $1.7 million of additional depreciation expense on equipment subject to operating leases.

    Income Taxes. The amount of income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, tax-exempt income, changes in the statutory rate and the effect of changes in valuation allowances maintained against deferred tax benefits. The effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023 were 21.3% and 21.0%, respectively.

    Balance Sheet Review
    Total assets decreased by $35.3 million to $4.6 billion and total liabilities decreased by $75.5 million to $4.1 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. The majority of these changes were the result of an increase in deposits, which, combined with the collection of BOLI redemption proceeds and cash and cash equivalents, were used to fund growth in loans and pay down borrowings.

    Stockholders’ equity increased $40.1 million to $540.0 million at September 30, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. Activity within stockholders’ equity included $40.6 million in net income and $4.5 million in stock-based compensation and stock option exercises, partially offset by $5.6 million in cash dividends declared. In addition, the improvement in the accumulated other comprehensive income was driven by a $1.6 million reduction of the unrealized loss on available for sale securities as a result of a decrease in market interest rates.

    As of September 30, 2024, the Bank was considered “well capitalized” in accordance with its regulatory capital guidelines and exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.

    Asset Quality
    The ACL on loans was $48.1 million, or 1.30% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 compared to $48.6 million, or 1.34% of total loans, at December 31, 2023. The drivers of this change are discussed in the “Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and September 30, 2023 – Provision for Credit Losses” section above.

    Net loan charge-offs totaled $8.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 compared to $3.9 million for the same period last year. As discussed in previous quarters, the increase in net charge-offs has been concentrated in our equipment finance portfolio, primarily smaller over-the-road truck loans, with net charge-offs of $5.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2024. In response, during the first quarter of calendar year 2024 the Company elected to cease further originations within the transportation sector of equipment finance loans. In spite of the increase, annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average assets for the loan portfolio as a whole were 0.31% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024, in line with the Company’s historical experience, as compared to 0.14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

    Nonperforming assets, made up of nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets, increased by $10.4 million, or 54.0%, to $29.8 million, or 0.64% of total assets, at September 30, 2024 compared to $19.3 million, or 0.41% of total assets, at December 31, 2023. Consistent with the change in net charge-offs, equipment finance loans made up the largest portion of nonperforming assets at $8.5 million and $6.5 million, respectively, at these same dates. In addition, owner occupied commercial real estate totaled $7.2 million and $912,000, respectively, at these same dates. These increases were mainly the result of a $3.1 million medical equipment relationship and $5.1 million owner occupied commercial real estate (OO CRE) relationship; however, in both cases losses are not currently anticipated. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans was 0.78% at September 30, 2024 compared to 0.53% at December 31, 2023.

    The ratio of classified assets to total assets increased to 0.99% at September 30, 2024 from 0.90% at December 31, 2023 as classified assets increased $4.1 million, or 9.8%, to $46.1 million at September 30, 2024 compared to $42.0 million at December 31, 2023. The largest portfolios of classified assets at September 30, 2024 included $11.7 million of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, $8.4 million of equipment finance loans, $7.1 million of SBA loans, $6.0 million of 1-4 family residential real estate loans, and $6.0 million of OO CRE loans.

    About HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc.
    HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. is the holding company for the Bank. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had assets of $4.6 billion. The Bank, founded in 1926, is a North Carolina state chartered, community-focused financial institution committed to providing value added relationship banking with over 30 locations as well as online/mobile channels. Locations include: North Carolina (the Asheville metropolitan area, the “Piedmont” region, Charlotte and Raleigh/Cary), South Carolina (Greenville and Charleston), East Tennessee (Kingsport/Johnson City, Knoxville and Morristown), Southwest Virginia (the Roanoke Valley) and Georgia (Greater Atlanta).

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not statements of historical fact, but instead are based on certain assumptions including statements with respect to the Company’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, assumptions and statements about future economic performance and projections of financial items. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or implied by forward-looking statements. The factors that could result in material differentiation include, but are not limited to, the impact of bank failures or adverse developments involving other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; the remaining effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on general economic and financial market conditions and on public health, both nationally and in the Company’s market areas; natural disasters, including the effects of Hurricane Helene; expected revenues, cost savings, synergies and other benefits from merger and acquisition activities might not be realized to the extent anticipated, within the anticipated time frames, or at all, costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might be greater than expected, and goodwill impairment charges might be incurred; increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; changes in the interest rate environment; changes in general economic conditions, both nationally and in our market areas; legislative and regulatory changes; and the effects of inflation, a potential recession, and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission – which are available on the Company’s website at www.htb.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release or in the documents the Company files with or furnishes to the SEC are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be wrong because of inaccurate assumptions, the factors described above or other factors that management cannot foresee. The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

    Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
    (1)
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets                  
    Cash $ 18,980     $ 18,382     $ 16,134     $ 18,307     $ 18,090  
    Interest-bearing deposits   274,497       275,808       364,359       328,833       306,924  
    Cash and cash equivalents   293,477       294,190       380,493       347,140       325,014  
    Certificates of deposit in other banks   29,290       32,131       33,625       34,722       35,380  
    Debt securities available for sale, at fair value   140,552       134,135       120,807       126,950       134,348  
    FHLB and FRB stock   18,384       19,637       13,691       18,393       19,612  
    SBIC investments, at cost   15,489       15,462       14,568       13,789       14,586  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   2,968       1,614       2,764       3,359       4,616  
    Loans held for sale, at the lower of cost or fair value   189,722       224,976       220,699       198,433       200,834  
    Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs   3,698,892       3,701,454       3,648,152       3,640,022       3,659,914  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans   (48,131 )     (49,223 )     (47,502 )     (48,641 )     (47,417 )
    Loans, net   3,650,761       3,652,231       3,600,650       3,591,381       3,612,497  
    Premises and equipment, net   69,603       69,880       70,588       70,937       72,463  
    Accrued interest receivable   17,523       18,412       16,944       16,902       16,513  
    Deferred income taxes, net   10,100       10,512       11,222       11,796       9,569  
    BOLI   90,021       89,176       88,369       88,257       106,059  
    Goodwill   34,111       34,111       34,111       34,111       34,111  
    Core deposit intangibles, net   7,162       7,730       8,297       9,059       9,918  
    Other assets   68,130       66,667       67,183       107,404       56,477  
    Total assets $ 4,637,293     $ 4,670,864     $ 4,684,011     $ 4,672,633     $ 4,651,997  
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                  
    Liabilities                  
    Deposits $ 3,761,588     $ 3,707,779     $ 3,799,807     $ 3,661,373     $ 3,640,961  
    Junior subordinated debt   10,096       10,070       10,045       10,021       9,995  
    Borrowings   260,013       364,513       291,513       433,763       452,263  
    Other liabilities   65,592       64,874       69,473       67,583       64,367  
    Total liabilities   4,097,289       4,147,236       4,170,838       4,172,740       4,167,586  
    Stockholders’ equity                  
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding   —       —       —       —       —  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized(2)   175       175       175       174       174  
    Additional paid in capital   175,495       172,907       172,919       172,366       171,663  
    Retained earnings   368,383       357,147       346,598       333,401       321,799  
    Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) shares   (4,099 )     (4,232 )     (4,364 )     (4,497 )     (4,629 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   50       (2,369 )     (2,155 )     (1,551 )     (4,596 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   540,004       523,628       513,173       499,893       484,411  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,637,293     $ 4,670,864     $ 4,684,011     $ 4,672,633     $ 4,651,997  

    (1)  Derived from audited financial statements.
    (2)  Shares of common stock issued and outstanding were 17,514,922 at September 30, 2024; 17,437,326 at June 30, 2024; 17,444,787 at March 31, 2024; 17,387,069 at December 31, 2023; and 17,380,307 at September 30, 2023.

    Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest and dividend income              
    Loans $ 63,305     $ 62,161     $ 185,418     $ 162,526  
    Debt securities available for sale   1,616       1,495       4,424       3,780  
    Other investments and interest-bearing deposits   1,728       1,758       5,576       5,356  
    Total interest and dividend income   66,649       65,414       195,418       171,662  
    Interest expense              
    Deposits   23,692       21,683       65,693       36,955  
    Junior subordinated debt   235       234       705       563  
    Borrowings   648       1,331       3,550       6,634  
    Total interest expense   24,575       23,248       69,948       44,152  
    Net interest income   42,074       42,166       125,470       127,510  
    Provision for credit losses   2,975       4,260       8,400       11,735  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   39,099       37,906       117,070       115,775  
    Noninterest income              
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts   2,336       2,354       6,839       6,967  
    Loan income and fees   684       647       2,009       1,913  
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale   1,900       1,828       5,185       4,213  
    BOLI income   828       807       3,470       2,844  
    Operating lease income   1,637       1,591       5,087       4,515  
    Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment   —       —       (9 )     982  
    Other   897       886       2,625       2,391  
    Total noninterest income   8,282       8,113       25,206       23,825  
    Noninterest expense              
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,082       16,608       50,666       49,436  
    Occupancy expense, net   2,436       2,419       7,292       7,556  
    Computer services   3,192       3,116       9,396       9,386  
    Telephone, postage and supplies   547       580       1,712       1,942  
    Marketing and advertising   408       606       1,659       1,555  
    Deposit insurance premiums   589       531       1,674       1,878  
    Core deposit intangible amortization   567       567       1,896       2,324  
    Merger-related expenses   —       —       —       4,741  
    Other   5,764       5,783       16,364       14,490  
    Total noninterest expense   30,585       30,210       90,659       93,308  
    Income before income taxes   16,796       15,809       51,617       46,292  
    Income tax expense   3,684       3,391       11,020       9,712  
    Net income $ 13,112     $ 12,418     $ 40,597     $ 36,580  

    Per Share Data

        Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Net income per common share(1)                
    Basic   $ 0.77     $ 0.73     $ 2.38     $ 2.19  
    Diluted   $ 0.76     $ 0.73     $ 2.37     $ 2.18  
    Average shares outstanding                
    Basic     16,931,793       16,883,028       16,891,619       16,532,335  
    Diluted     17,027,824       16,904,098       16,938,328       16,553,319  
    Book value per share at end of period   $ 30.83     $ 30.03     $ 30.83     $ 27.87  
    Tangible book value per share at end of period(2)   $ 28.57     $ 27.73     $ 28.57     $ 25.47  
    Cash dividends declared per common share   $ 0.11     $ 0.11     $ 0.33     $ 0.30  
    Total shares outstanding at end of period     17,514,922       17,437,326       17,514,922       17,380,307  

    (1)  Basic and diluted net income per common share have been prepared in accordance with the two-class method.
    (2)  See Non-GAAP reconciliations below for adjustments.

    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data

      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Performance ratios(1)          
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) 1.17 %   1.13 %   1.22 %   1.15 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity) 9.76     9.58     10.39     10.56  
    Yield on earning assets 6.34     6.32     6.28     5.77  
    Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities 3.12     3.04     3.02     2.06  
    Average interest rate spread 3.22     3.28     3.26     3.71  
    Net interest margin(2) 4.00     4.08     4.03     4.29  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities 133.71     135.38     134.53     138.63  
    Noninterest expense to average total assets 2.73     2.74     2.73     2.94  
    Efficiency ratio 60.74     60.08     60.17     61.66  
    Efficiency ratio – adjusted(3) 60.30     59.66     60.19     58.98  

    (1)  Ratios are annualized where appropriate.
    (2)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (3)  See Non-GAAP reconciliations below for adjustments.

      At or For the Three Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Asset quality ratios                  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets(1) 0.64 %   0.54 %   0.43 %   0.41 %   0.25 %
    Nonperforming loans to total loans(1) 0.78     0.68     0.55     0.53     0.32  
    Total classified assets to total assets 0.99     0.91     0.80     0.90     0.76  
    Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans(1) 166.51     194.80     235.18     251.60     400.41  
    Allowance for credit losses to total loans 1.30     1.33     1.30     1.34     1.30  
    Net charge-offs to average loans (annualized) 0.42     0.27     0.24     0.29     0.27  
    Capital ratios                  
    Equity to total assets at end of period 11.64 %   11.21 %   10.96 %   10.70 %   10.41 %
    Tangible equity to total tangible assets(2) 10.88     10.44     10.18     9.91     9.60  
    Average equity to average assets 12.02     11.78     11.51     11.03     10.84  

    (1)  Nonperforming assets include nonaccruing loans and repossessed assets. There were no accruing loans more than 90 days past due at the dates indicated. At September 30, 2024, $8.7 million, or 30.4%, of nonaccruing loans were current on their loan payments as of that date.
    (2)  See Non-GAAP reconciliations below for adjustments.

    Loans

    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Commercial real estate loans                  
    Construction and land development $ 300,905     $ 316,050     $ 304,727     $ 305,269     $ 352,143  
    Commercial real estate – owner occupied   544,689       545,631       532,547       536,545       526,534  
    Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied   881,340       892,653       881,143       875,694       880,348  
    Multifamily   114,155       92,292       89,692       88,623       83,430  
    Total commercial real estate loans   1,841,089       1,846,626       1,808,109       1,806,131       1,842,455  
    Commercial loans                  
    Commercial and industrial   286,809       266,136       243,732       237,255       237,366  
    Equipment finance   443,033       461,010       462,649       465,573       470,387  
    Municipal leases   158,560       152,509       151,894       150,292       147,821  
    Total commercial loans   888,402       879,655       858,275       853,120       855,574  
    Residential real estate loans                  
    Construction and land development   63,016       70,679       85,840       96,646       103,381  
    One-to-four family   627,845       621,196       605,570       584,405       560,399  
    HELOCs   194,909       188,465       184,274       185,878       185,289  
    Total residential real estate loans   885,770       880,340       875,684       866,929       849,069  
    Consumer loans   83,631       94,833       106,084       113,842       112,816  
    Total loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs   3,698,892       3,701,454       3,648,152       3,640,022       3,659,914  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans   (48,131 )     (49,223 )     (47,502 )     (48,641 )     (47,417 )
    Loans, net $ 3,650,761     $ 3,652,231     $ 3,600,650     $ 3,591,381     $ 3,612,497  

    Deposits

    (Dollars in thousands) September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Core deposits                  
    Noninterest-bearing accounts $ 684,501     $ 683,346     $ 773,901     $ 784,950     $ 827,362  
    NOW accounts   534,517       561,789       600,561       591,270       602,804  
    Money market accounts   1,345,289       1,311,940       1,308,467       1,246,807       1,195,482  
    Savings accounts   179,762       185,499       191,302       194,486       202,971  
    Total core deposits   2,744,069       2,742,574       2,874,231       2,817,513       2,828,619  
    Certificates of deposit   1,017,519       965,205       925,576       843,860       812,342  
    Total $ 3,761,588     $ 3,707,779     $ 3,799,807     $ 3,661,373     $ 3,640,961  

    Non-GAAP Reconciliations
    In addition to results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures, which include: the efficiency ratio, tangible book value, tangible book value per share and the tangible equity to tangible assets ratio. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures and ratios as presented are useful for both investors and management to understand the effects of certain items and provide an alternative view of its performance over time and in comparison to its competitors. These non-GAAP measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Set forth below is a reconciliation to GAAP of the Company’s efficiency ratio:

        Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Noninterest expense   $ 30,585     $ 30,210     $ 90,659     $ 93,308  
    Less: merger expense     —       —       —       4,741  
    Noninterest expense – adjusted   $ 30,585     $ 30,210     $ 90,659     $ 88,567  
                     
    Net interest income   $ 42,074     $ 42,166     $ 125,470     $ 127,510  
    Plus: tax-equivalent adjustment     368       354       1,072       903  
    Plus: noninterest income     8,282       8,113       25,206       23,825  
    Less: BOLI death benefit proceeds in excess of cash surrender value     —       —       1,143       1,092  
    Less: loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment     —       —       (9 )     982  
    Net interest income plus noninterest income – adjusted   $ 50,724     $ 50,633     $ 150,614     $ 150,164  
    Efficiency ratio   60.74 %   60.08 %   60.17 %   61.66 %
    Efficiency ratio – adjusted   60.30 %   59.66 %   60.19 %   58.98 %
                             

    Set forth below is a reconciliation to GAAP of tangible book value and tangible book value per share:

        As of
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 540,004     $ 523,628     $ 513,173     $ 499,893     $ 484,411  
    Less: goodwill, core deposit intangibles, net of taxes     39,626       40,063       40,500       41,086       41,748  
    Tangible book value   $ 500,378     $ 483,565     $ 472,673     $ 458,807     $ 442,663  
    Common shares outstanding     17,514,922       17,437,326       17,444,787       17,387,069       17,380,307  
    Book value per share   $ 30.83     $ 30.03     $ 29.42     $ 28.75     $ 27.87  
    Tangible book value per share   $ 28.57     $ 27.73     $ 27.10     $ 26.39     $ 25.47  

    Set forth below is a reconciliation to GAAP of tangible equity to tangible assets:

        As of
    (Dollars in thousands)   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Tangible equity(1)   $ 500,378     $ 483,565     $ 472,673     $ 458,807     $ 442,663  
    Total assets     4,637,293       4,670,864       4,684,011       4,672,633       4,651,997  
    Less: goodwill, core deposit intangibles, net of taxes     39,626       40,063       40,500       41,086       41,748  
    Total tangible assets   $ 4,597,667     $ 4,630,801     $ 4,643,511     $ 4,631,547     $ 4,610,249  
    Tangible equity to tangible assets   10.88 %   10.44 %   10.18 %   9.91 %   9.60 %

    (1)  Tangible equity (or tangible book value) is equal to total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of related deferred tax liabilities.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: West Bancorporation, Inc. Announces Third Quarter 2024 Financial Results and Declares Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WEST DES MOINES, Iowa, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — West Bancorporation, Inc. (Nasdaq: WTBA; the “Company”), parent company of West Bank, today reported third quarter 2024 net income of $6.0 million, or $0.35 per diluted common share, compared to second quarter 2024 net income of $5.2 million, or $0.31 per diluted common share, and third quarter 2023 net income of $5.9 million, or $0.35 per diluted common share. On October 23, 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.25 per common share. The dividend is payable on November 20, 2024, to stockholders of record on November 6, 2024.

    David Nelson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, commented, “Our third quarter results include moderate growth in loans and core deposits along with an increase in quarterly net interest income and net interest margin. Our credit quality remains pristine as a result of our disciplined loan growth and credit risk management practices. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets remains negligible at 0.01%.”

    David Nelson added, “West Bank is focused on initiatives that will drive sustained core profitability. Those initiatives are centered around our culture of building strong relationships and providing exceptional personal service to drive growth in both commercial and consumer banking services.”

    Third Quarter 2024 Financial Highlights

        Quarter Ended
    September 30, 2024
      Nine Months Ended
    September 30, 2024
      Net income (in thousands) $5,952     $16,953  
      Return on average equity   10.41%       10.18%  
      Return on average assets   0.60%       0.59%  
      Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure)   63.28%       64.16%  
      Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.01%       0.01%  
                     

    Third Quarter 2024 Compared to Second Quarter 2024 Overview

    • Loans increased $22.4 million in the third quarter of 2024, or 3.0 percent annualized. The increase is primarily due to the funding of previously committed construction loans.
    • A provision for credit losses on loans of $1.0 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2024, compared to no provision in the second quarter of 2024. A negative provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments of $1.0 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2024, compared to no provision in the second quarter of 2024. The provision for loans in the third quarter of 2024 was primarily due to changes in the forecasted loss rates due to increases in forecasted unemployment rates. The negative provision for unfunded commitments was primarily due to the decline in unfunded commitments resulting primarily from the funding of construction loans.
    • The allowance for credit losses to total loans was 0.97 percent and 0.95 percent at September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively. Nonaccrual loans at September 30, 2024 consisted of two loans with a total balance of $233 thousand, compared to three loans with a balance of $521 thousand at June 30, 2024.
    • Deposits increased $97.6 million, or 3.1 percent, in the third quarter of 2024. Brokered deposits totaled $425.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $370.3 million at June 30, 2024, an increase of $55.6 million. Excluding brokered deposits, deposits increased $42.0 million during the third quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, estimated uninsured deposits, which exclude deposits in the IntraFi® reciprocal network, brokered deposits and public funds protected by state programs, accounted for approximately 27.8 percent of total deposits.
    • Borrowed funds decreased to $438.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $525.5 million at June 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to the balance of federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings decreasing to $0 as of September 30, 2024, from $85.5 million as of June 30, 2024 as a result of growth in deposits.
    • The efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) was 63.28 percent for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 67.14 percent for the second quarter of 2024. The improvement in the efficiency ratio was primarily due to the increase in net interest income. In the third quarter of 2024, the increase in interest income on loans outpaced the increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds.
    • Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis (a non-GAAP measure), was 1.91 percent for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 1.86 percent for the second quarter of 2024. Net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 was $18.0 million, compared to $17.2 million for the second quarter of 2024.
    • The tangible common equity ratio was 5.90 percent as of September 30, 2024, compared to 5.65 percent as of June 30, 2024. The increase in the tangible common equity ratio was driven by retained net income and the decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which was primarily the result of the increase in the market value of our available for sale investment portfolio.

    Third Quarter 2024 Compared to Third Quarter 2023 Overview

    • Loans increased $171.4 million at September 30, 2024, or 6.0 percent, compared to September 30, 2023. The increase is primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans and the funding of previously committed construction loans.
    • Deposits increased to $3.3 billion at September 30, 2024, compared to $2.8 billion at September 30, 2023. Included in deposits were brokered deposits totaling $425.9 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $237.0 million at September 30, 2023. Brokered deposits were used to reduce short-term borrowed funds and to fund loan growth. Excluding brokered deposits, deposits increased $334.2 million, or 13.3 percent, as of September 30, 2024, compared to September 30, 2023. Deposit growth included a mix of public funds and commercial and consumer deposits.
    • Borrowed funds decreased to $438.8 million at September 30, 2024, compared to $705.1 million at September 30, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of $261.5 million in federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings as a result of growth in deposits.
    • The efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) was 63.28 percent for the third quarter of 2024, compared to 60.83 percent for the third quarter of 2023. The increase in the efficiency ratio in the third quarter of 2024 compared to the third quarter of 2023 was primarily due to the increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in net interest income. Occupancy and equipment expense increased primarily due to the occupancy costs associated with the Company’s newly constructed headquarters.
    • Net interest margin, on a fully tax-equivalent basis (a non-GAAP measure), was 1.91 percent for both the third quarter of 2024 and the third quarter of 2023. Net interest income for the third quarter of 2024 was $18.0 million, compared to $16.6 million for the third quarter of 2023.

    The Company filed its report on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission today. Please refer to that document for a more in-depth discussion of the Company’s financial results. The Form 10-Q is available on the Investor Relations section of West Bank’s website at www.westbankstrong.com.

    The Company will discuss its results in a conference call scheduled for 2:00 p.m. Central Time on Thursday, October 24, 2024. The telephone number for the conference call is 800-715-9871. The conference ID for the conference call is 7846129. A recording of the call will be available until November 7, 2024, by dialing 800-770-2030. The conference ID for the replay call is 7846129, followed by the # key.

    About West Bancorporation, Inc. (Nasdaq: WTBA)

    West Bancorporation, Inc. is headquartered in West Des Moines, Iowa. Serving customers since 1893, West Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of West Bancorporation, Inc., is a community bank that focuses on lending, deposit services, and trust services for small- to medium-sized businesses and consumers. West Bank has six offices in the Des Moines, Iowa metropolitan area, one office in Coralville, Iowa, and four offices in Minnesota in the cities of Rochester, Owatonna, Mankato and St. Cloud.

    Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to the Company’s business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-looking statements” within the meanings of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements may appear throughout this report. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the words “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “future,” “confident,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “strategy,” “plan,” “opportunity,” “will be,” “will likely result,” “will continue” or similar references, or references to estimates, predictions or future events. Such forward-looking statements are based upon certain underlying assumptions, risks and uncertainties. Because of the possibility that the underlying assumptions are incorrect or do not materialize as expected in the future, actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties that may affect future results include: interest rate risk, including the effects of changes in interest rates; fluctuations in the values of the securities held in our investment portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; competitive pressures, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions, “fintech” companies and digital asset service providers; pricing pressures on loans and deposits; our ability to successfully manage liquidity risk; changes in credit and other risks posed by the Company’s loan portfolio, including declines in commercial or residential real estate values or changes in the allowance for credit losses dictated by new market conditions, accounting standards or regulatory requirements; the concentration of large deposits from certain clients, including those who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits; changes in local, national and international economic conditions, including the level and impact of inflation and possible recession; the effects of recent developments and events in the financial services industry, including the large-scale deposit withdrawals over a short period of time that resulted in recent bank failures; changes in legal and regulatory requirements, limitations and costs including in response to the recent bank failures; changes in customers’ acceptance of the Company’s products and services; the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our or our third-party partners’ information security controls or cyber-security related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools; unexpected outcomes of existing or new litigation involving the Company; the monetary, trade and other regulatory policies of the U.S. government; acts of war or terrorism, including the ongoing Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the Russian invasion of Ukraine, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events; risks related to climate change and the negative impact it may have on our customers and their businesses; changes to U.S. tax laws, regulations and guidance; potential changes in federal policy and at regulatory agencies as a result of the upcoming 2024 presidential election; talent and labor shortages; and any other risks described in the “Risk Factors” sections of reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update such forward-looking statements to reflect current or future events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

    For more information contact:
    Jane Funk, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (515) 222-5766

                 
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY            
    Financial Information (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)                    
        As of
    CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets                    
    Cash and due from banks   $ 34,157     $ 27,994     $ 27,071     $ 33,245     $ 18,819  
    Interest-bearing deposits     123,646       121,825       120,946       32,112       1,802  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value     597,745       588,452       605,735       623,919       609,365  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     17,195       21,065       26,181       22,957       26,691  
    Loans     3,021,221       2,998,774       2,980,133       2,927,535       2,849,777  
    Allowance for credit losses     (29,419 )     (28,422 )     (28,373 )     (28,342 )     (28,147 )
    Loans, net     2,991,802       2,970,352       2,951,760       2,899,193       2,821,630  
    Premises and equipment, net     106,771       101,965       95,880       86,399       75,675  
    Bank-owned life insurance     44,703       44,416       44,138       43,864       43,589  
    Other assets     72,547       89,046       90,981       84,069       104,329  
    Total assets   $ 3,988,566     $ 3,965,115     $ 3,962,692     $ 3,825,758     $ 3,701,900  
                         
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                    
    Deposits   $ 3,278,553     $ 3,180,922     $ 3,065,030     $ 2,973,779     $ 2,755,529  
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings     —       85,500       198,500       150,270       261,510  
    Other borrowings     438,814       439,998       441,183       442,367       443,552  
    Other liabilities     35,846       34,812       34,223       34,299       37,376  
    Stockholders’ equity     235,353       223,883       223,756       225,043       203,933  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,988,566     $ 3,965,115     $ 3,962,692     $ 3,825,758     $ 3,701,900  
                         
        For the Quarter Ended
    AVERAGE BALANCES   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Assets   $ 3,973,824     $ 3,964,109     $ 3,812,199     $ 3,706,497     $ 3,679,541  
    Loans     2,991,272       2,994,492       2,949,672       2,857,594       2,813,213  
    Deposits     3,258,669       3,123,282       2,956,635       2,878,676       2,764,184  
    Stockholders’ equity     227,513       219,771       219,835       201,920       215,230  
                                             
                 
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY            
    Financial Information (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)                    
        As of
    LOANS   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Commercial   $ 512,884     $ 526,589     $ 544,293     $ 531,594     $ 529,293  
    Real estate:                    
    Construction, land and land development     520,516       496,864       465,247       413,477       399,253  
    1-4 family residential first mortgages     89,749       92,230       108,065       106,688       89,713  
    Home equity     17,140       15,264       14,020       14,618       12,429  
    Commercial     1,870,132       1,856,301       1,839,580       1,854,510       1,812,816  
    Consumer and other     14,261       15,234       12,844       10,930       10,123  
          3,024,682       3,002,482       2,984,049       2,931,817       2,853,627  
    Net unamortized fees and costs     (3,461 )     (3,708 )     (3,916 )     (4,282 )     (3,850 )
    Total loans   $ 3,021,221     $ 2,998,774     $ 2,980,133     $ 2,927,535     $ 2,849,777  
    Less: allowance for credit losses     (29,419 )     (28,422 )     (28,373 )     (28,342 )     (28,147 )
    Net loans   $ 2,991,802     $ 2,970,352     $ 2,951,760     $ 2,899,193     $ 2,821,630  
                         
    CREDIT QUALITY                    
    Pass   $ 3,016,493     $ 2,994,310     $ 2,983,618     $ 2,931,377     $ 2,853,100  
    Watch     7,956       7,651       142       144       184  
    Substandard     233       521       289       296       343  
    Doubtful     —       —       —       —       —  
    Total loans   $ 3,024,682     $ 3,002,482     $ 2,984,049     $ 2,931,817     $ 2,853,627  
                         
    DEPOSITS                    
    Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 525,332     $ 530,441     $ 521,377     $ 548,726     $ 551,688  
    Interest-bearing demand     438,402       443,658       449,946       481,207       417,802  
    Savings and money market – non-brokered     1,481,840       1,483,264       1,315,698       1,315,741       1,249,309  
    Money market – brokered     123,780       97,259       119,840       124,335       99,282  
    Total nonmaturity deposits     2,569,354       2,554,622       2,406,861       2,470,009       2,318,081  
    Time – non-brokered     407,109       353,269       381,646       322,694       299,683  
    Time – brokered     302,090       273,031       276,523       181,076       137,765  
    Total time deposits     709,199       626,300       658,169       503,770       437,448  
    Total deposits   $ 3,278,553     $ 3,180,922     $ 3,065,030     $ 2,973,779     $ 2,755,529  
                         
    BORROWINGS                    
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings   $ —     $ 85,500     $ 198,500     $ 150,270     $ 261,510  
    Subordinated notes, net     79,828       79,762       79,697       79,631       79,566  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     315,000       315,000       315,000       315,000       315,000  
    Long-term debt     43,986       45,236       46,486       47,736       48,986  
    Total borrowings   $ 438,814     $ 525,498     $ 639,683     $ 592,637     $ 705,062  
                         
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
    Preferred stock   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —  
    Common stock     3,000       3,000       3,000       3,000       3,000  
    Additional paid-in capital     34,960       34,322       33,685       34,197       33,487  
    Retained earnings     275,724       273,981       272,997       271,369       271,025  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (78,331 )     (87,420 )     (85,926 )     (83,523 )     (103,579 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   $ 235,353     $ 223,883     $ 223,756     $ 225,043     $ 203,933  
                                             
                     
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY                
    Financial Information (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands)                    
        For the Quarter Ended
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
    Interest income:                    
    Loans, including fees   $ 42,504     $ 41,700     $ 40,196     $ 38,208     $ 36,756  
    Securities:                    
    Taxable     3,261       3,394       3,416       3,521       3,427  
    Tax-exempt     806       808       810       869       880  
    Interest-bearing deposits     2,041       1,666       148       85       29  
    Total interest income     48,612       47,568       44,570       42,683       41,092  
    Interest expense:                    
    Deposits     26,076       23,943       21,559       20,024       17,156  
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings     115       1,950       2,183       2,024       3,165  
    Subordinated notes     1,112       1,105       1,108       1,114       1,113  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     2,748       2,718       2,325       2,482       2,329  
    Long-term debt     601       622       645       678       695  
    Total interest expense     30,652       30,338       27,820       26,322       24,458  
    Net interest income     17,960       17,230       16,750       16,361       16,634  
    Credit loss expense     —       —       —       500       200  
    Net interest income after credit loss expense     17,960       17,230       16,750       15,861       16,434  
    Noninterest income:                    
    Service charges on deposit accounts     459       462       460       476       463  
    Debit card usage fees     500       490       458       488       495  
    Trust services     828       794       776       782       831  
    Increase in cash value of bank-owned life insurance     287       278       274       275       262  
    Loan swap fees     —       —       —       —       431  
    Realized securities losses, net     —       —       —       (431 )     —  
    Other income     285       322       331       308       340  
    Total noninterest income     2,359       2,346       2,299       1,898       2,822  
    Noninterest expense:                    
    Salaries and employee benefits     6,823       7,169       6,489       6,468       6,696  
    Occupancy and equipment     1,926       1,852       1,447       1,499       1,359  
    Data processing     771       754       714       723       703  
    Technology and software     722       731       700       676       573  
    FDIC insurance     711       631       519       475       439  
    Professional fees     239       244       257       235       254  
    Director fees     223       236       199       240       196  
    Other expenses     1,477       1,577       1,543       1,845       1,685  
    Total noninterest expense     12,892       13,194       11,868       12,161       11,905  
    Income before income taxes     7,427       6,382       7,181       5,598       7,351  
    Income taxes     1,475       1,190       1,372       1,073       1,445  
    Net income   $ 5,952     $ 5,192     $ 5,809     $ 4,525     $ 5,906  
                         
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.35     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.27     $ 0.35  
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.35     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.27     $ 0.35  
                                             
         
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY    
    Financial Information (unaudited)        
    (in thousands)        
        For the Nine Months Ended
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME   September 30, 2024   September 30, 2023
    Interest income:        
    Loans, including fees   $ 124,400     $ 104,715  
    Securities:        
    Taxable     10,071       10,175  
    Tax-exempt     2,424       2,648  
    Interest-bearing deposits     3,855       84  
    Total interest income     140,750       117,622  
    Interest expense:        
    Deposits     71,578       46,772  
    Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings     4,248       7,508  
    Subordinated notes     3,325       3,328  
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances     7,791       5,212  
    Long-term debt     1,868       2,132  
    Total interest expense     88,810       64,952  
    Net interest income     51,940       52,670  
    Credit loss expense     —       200  
    Net interest income after credit loss expense     51,940       52,470  
    Noninterest income:        
    Service charges on deposit accounts     1,381       1,383  
    Debit card usage fees     1,448       1,492  
    Trust services     2,398       2,286  
    Increase in cash value of bank-owned life insurance     839       769  
    Loan swap fees     —       431  
    Gain from bank-owned life insurance     —       691  
    Other income     938       1,116  
    Total noninterest income     7,004       8,168  
    Noninterest expense:        
    Salaries and employee benefits     20,481       20,592  
    Occupancy and equipment     5,225       4,008  
    Data processing     2,239       2,067  
    Technology and software     2,153       1,665  
    FDIC insurance     1,861       1,275  
    Professional fees     740       791  
    Director fees     658       652  
    Other expenses     4,597       5,400  
    Total noninterest expense     37,954       36,450  
    Income before income taxes     20,990       24,188  
    Income taxes     4,037       4,576  
    Net income   $ 16,953     $ 19,612  
             
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 1.01     $ 1.17  
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 1.00     $ 1.17  
                     
                 
    WEST BANCORPORATION, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY            
    Financial Information (unaudited)                            
                                 
        As of and for the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
    COMMON SHARE DATA   September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Earnings per common share (basic)   $ 0.35     $ 0.31     $ 0.35     $ 0.27     $ 0.35     $ 1.01     $ 1.17  
    Earnings per common share (diluted)     0.35       0.31       0.35       0.27       0.35       1.00       1.17  
    Dividends per common share     0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.75       0.75  
    Book value per common share(1)     13.98       13.30       13.31       13.46       12.19          
    Closing stock price     19.01       17.90       17.83       21.20       16.31          
    Market price/book value(2)     135.98 %     134.59 %     133.96 %     157.50 %     133.80 %        
    Price earnings ratio(3)     13.65       14.36       12.77       19.79       11.75          
    Annualized dividend yield(4)     5.26 %     5.59 %     5.61 %     4.72 %     6.13 %        
                                 
    REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS                            
    Consolidated:                            
    Total risk-based capital ratio     11.95 %     11.85 %     11.78 %     11.88 %     11.96 %        
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     9.39       9.30       9.23       9.30       9.37          
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio     8.15       8.08       8.36       8.50       8.58          
    Common equity tier 1 ratio     8.83       8.74       8.67       8.74       8.80          
    West Bank:                            
    Total risk-based capital ratio     12.73 %     12.66 %     12.63 %     12.76 %     12.89 %        
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     11.86       11.79       11.76       11.89       12.01          
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio     10.29       10.25       10.65       10.86       11.00          
    Common equity tier 1 ratio     11.86       11.79       11.76       11.89       12.01          
                                 
    KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS                            
    Return on average assets(5)     0.60 %     0.53 %     0.61 %     0.48 %     0.64 %     0.59 %     0.72 %
    Return on average equity(6)     10.41       9.50       10.63       8.89       10.89       10.18       12.22  
    Net interest margin(7)(13)     1.91       1.86       1.88       1.87       1.91       1.88       2.05  
    Yield on interest-earning assets(8)(13)     5.16       5.13       4.99       4.87       4.70       5.10       4.56  
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities     3.84       3.83       3.70       3.60       3.38       3.79       3.09  
    Efficiency ratio(9)(13)     63.28       67.14       62.04       64.66       60.83       64.16       59.52  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets(10)     0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01          
    ACL ratio(11)     0.97       0.95       0.95       0.97       0.99          
    Loans/total assets     75.75       75.63       75.20       76.52       76.98          
    Loans/total deposits     92.15       94.27       97.23       98.44       103.42          
    Tangible common equity ratio(12)     5.90       5.65       5.65       5.88       5.51          
                                                     
    (1) Includes accumulated other comprehensive loss.
    (2) Closing stock price divided by book value per common share.
    (3) Closing stock price divided by annualized earnings per common share (basic).
    (4) Annualized dividend divided by period end closing stock price.
    (5) Annualized net income divided by average assets.
    (6) Annualized net income divided by average stockholders’ equity.
    (7) Annualized tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (8) Annualized tax-equivalent interest income on interest-earning assets divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (9) Noninterest expense (excluding other real estate owned expense and write-down of premises) divided by noninterest income (excluding net securities gains/losses and gains/losses on disposition of premises and equipment) plus tax-equivalent net interest income.
    (10) Total nonperforming assets divided by total assets.
    (11) Allowance for credit losses on loans divided by total loans.
    (12) Common equity less intangible assets (none held) divided by tangible assets.
    (13) A non-GAAP measure.
       

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

    This report contains references to financial measures that are not defined in GAAP. Such non-GAAP financial measures include the Company’s presentation of net interest income and net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis and the presentation of the efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis, excluding certain income and expenses. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to both management and investors to analyze and evaluate the Company’s financial performance. These measures are considered standard measures of comparison within the banking industry. Additionally, management believes providing measures on a FTE basis enhances the comparability of income arising from taxable and nontaxable sources. Limitations associated with non-GAAP financial measures include the risks that persons might disagree as to the appropriateness of items included in these measures and that different companies might calculate these measures differently. These non-GAAP disclosures should not be considered an alternative to the Company’s GAAP results. The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of net interest income and net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent basis and efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis.

             
    (in thousands)   For the Quarter Ended   For the Nine Months Ended
        September 30,
    2024
      June 30,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
      December 31,
    2023
      September 30,
    2023
      September 30,
    2024
      September 30,
    2023
    Reconciliation of net interest income and net interest margin on a FTE basis to GAAP:                            
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 17,960     $ 17,230     $ 16,750     $ 16,361     $ 16,634     $ 51,940     $ 52,670  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment (1)     29       55       82       95       113       166       396  
    Net interest income on a FTE basis (non-GAAP)     17,989       17,285       16,832       16,456       16,747       52,106       53,066  
    Average interest-earning assets     3,749,688       3,731,674       3,595,954       3,487,799       3,478,053       3,692,647       3,458,606  
    Net interest margin on a FTE basis (non-GAAP)     1.91 %     1.86 %     1.88 %     1.87 %     1.91 %     1.88 %     2.05 %
                                 
    Reconciliation of efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis to GAAP:                            
    Net interest income on a FTE basis (non-GAAP)   $ 17,989     $ 17,285     $ 16,832     $ 16,456     $ 16,747     $ 52,106     $ 53,066  
    Noninterest income     2,359       2,346       2,299       1,898       2,822       7,004       8,168  
    Adjustment for realized securities losses, net     —       —       —       431       —       —       —  
    Adjustment for losses on disposal of premises and equipment, net     26       21       —       24       3       47       5  
    Adjusted income     20,374       19,652       19,131       18,809       19,572       59,157       61,239  
    Noninterest expense     12,892       13,194       11,868       12,161       11,905       37,954       36,450  
    Efficiency ratio on an adjusted and FTE basis (non-GAAP) (2)     63.28 %     67.14 %     62.04 %     64.66 %     60.83 %     64.16 %     59.52 %
                                                             
    (1) Computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21 percent, adjusted to reflect the effect of the nondeductible interest expense associated with owning tax-exempt securities and loans. Management believes the presentation of this non-GAAP measure provides supplemental useful information for proper understanding of the financial results, as it enhances the comparability of income arising from taxable and nontaxable sources.
    (2) The efficiency ratio expresses noninterest expense as a percent of fully taxable equivalent net interest income and noninterest income, excluding specific noninterest income and expenses. Management believes the presentation of this non-GAAP measure provides supplemental useful information for proper understanding of the Company’s financial performance. It is a standard measure of comparison within the banking industry. A lower ratio is more desirable.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Kearny Financial Corp. Announces First Quarter Fiscal 2025 Results and Declaration of Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FAIRFIELD, N.J., Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Kearny Financial Corp. (NASDAQ GS: KRNY) (the “Company”), the holding company of Kearny Bank (the “Bank”), reported net income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 of $6.1 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, compared to a GAAP net loss of $90.1 million, or $1.45 per diluted share, for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The net loss for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 included a goodwill impairment of $95.3 million, as previously disclosed. Excluding this item, net income for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 increased $496,000 from adjusted net income of $5.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

    The Company also announced that its Board of Directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.11 per share, payable on November 20, 2024, to stockholders of record as of November 6, 2024.

    Craig L. Montanaro, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “I’m pleased to report that this quarter saw our net interest margin reach its inflection point and begin to ascend. Despite four basis points of quarterly compression, each successive month of the quarter reflected an increase in our net interest margin. The recent fed funds rate reduction of 50 basis points has already begun translating into a cost of funds benefit in October. Additional fed funds rate cuts, which the market is anticipating, will be a positive catalyst for our liability-sensitive balance sheet.”

    Mr. Montanaro continued, “Regarding asset quality, our loan portfolio remains strong. Minimal exposure to New York City rent-regulated multifamily and office real estate, coupled with our robust commercial real estate ACL coverage ratios and peer-leading charge-off ratios, leaves us well-positioned in the current environment.”

    Balance Sheet

    • Total assets were $7.77 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $88.9 million, or 1.2%, from June 30, 2024.
    • Investment securities totaled $1.20 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $5.5 million, or 0.5%, from June 30, 2024.
    • Loans receivable totaled $5.78 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $51.5 million, or 0.9%, from June 30, 2024, primarily reflecting growth in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and construction loans.
    • Deposits were $5.47 billion at September 30, 2024, an increase of $312.4 million, or 6.1%, from June 30, 2024. This increase was largely the result of a reallocation from Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances into brokered certificates of deposits, due to the relatively more favorable economics of brokered deposits compared to advances.
    • Borrowings were $1.48 billion at September 30, 2024, a decrease of $229.9 million, or 13.4%, from June 30, 2024, primarily reflecting a decrease in FHLB borrowings offset by an increase in brokered certificates of deposits, as noted above.
    • At September 30, 2024, the Company maintained available secured borrowing capacity with the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Discount Window of $2.06 billion, an increase of $240.0 million from June 30, 2024, and represents 26.5% of total assets.

    Earnings

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    • Net interest margin contracted four basis points to 1.80% for the quarter ended September 30, 2024. The decrease for the quarter was driven by increases in the cost and average balances of interest-bearing deposits and a decrease in the average balance of interest-earning assets, partially offset by decreases in the average balances of interest-bearing borrowings and higher yields on interest-earning assets.
    • For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, net interest income decreased $830,000 to $32.4 million from $33.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Included in net interest income for the quarters ended September 30, 2024 and June 30, 2024, respectively, was purchase accounting accretion of $649,000 and $612,000, and loan prepayment penalty income of $52,000 and $366,000.

    Non-Interest Income

    • Non-interest income decreased $1.2 million to income of $4.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, from $5.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. Included in non-interest income for the quarter ended June 30, 2024 was a non-recurring contract renewal bonus of $750,000 and $1.1 million in non-recurring payments on two life insurance policies, partially offset by a $392,000 non-recurring exchange charge related to the December 2023 Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) restructure. No such non-recurring items were recorded during the quarter ended September 30, 2024.
    • Income from BOLI decreased $642,000 to $2.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 from $3.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, primarily driven by the non-recurring items recorded for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, as disclosed above.

    Non-Interest Expense

    • For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, non-interest expense decreased $96.8 million, or 76.5%, to $29.8 million from $126.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, driven by a non-cash goodwill impairment recognized in the prior comparative period. Excluding the goodwill impairment, adjusted non-interest expense increased $605,000 from $29.2 million, primarily driven by increases in salary and benefits expense and other expense.
    • Salary and benefits expense increased $232,000 primarily driven by annual merit increases and higher payroll taxes, partially offset by a non-recurring decrease in stock-based compensation.
    • Other expense increased $344,000 primarily driven by an increase of $243,000 in the provision for credit losses on off balance sheet commitments.

    Income Taxes

    • Income tax expense totaled $1.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, compared to an income tax benefit of $917,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The increase in income tax expense was primarily due to higher pre-tax income in the current quarter, coupled with a partial reversal of the deferred tax liability associated with the previously recorded goodwill impairment in the prior quarter.

    Asset Quality

    • The balance of non-performing assets remained steady at $39.9 million, or 0.51% of total assets, at September 30, 2024, and $39.9 million, or 0.52% of total assets, at June 30, 2024, respectively.
    • Net charge-offs totaled $124,000, or 0.01% of average loans, on an annualized basis, for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, compared to $3.5 million, or 0.25% of average loans, on an annualized basis, for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.
    • For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $108,000, compared to $3.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024. The provision for credit loss expense for the quarter ended September 30, 2024 was primarily driven by loan growth.
    • The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) was $44.9 million, or 0.78% of total loans, at September 30, 2024 and remained unchanged from June 30, 2024.

    Capital

    • For the quarter ended September 30, 2024, book value per share decreased $0.06, or 0.5%, to $11.64 while tangible book value per share decreased $0.05, or 0.5%, to $9.85.
    • At September 30, 2024, total stockholders’ equity included after-tax net unrealized losses on securities available for sale of $76.0 million, partially offset by after-tax unrealized gains on derivatives of $11.0 million. After-tax net unrecognized losses on securities held to maturity of $8.2 million were not reflected in total stockholders’ equity.
    • At September 30, 2024, the Company’s tangible equity to tangible assets ratio equaled 8.31% and the regulatory capital ratios of both the Company and the Bank were in excess of the levels required by federal banking regulators to be classified as “well-capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.

    This earnings release should be read in conjunction with Kearny Financial Corp.’s Q1 2025 Investor Presentation, a copy of which is available through the Investor Relations link located at the bottom of the page of our website at www.kearnybank.com and via a Current Report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov.

    Statements contained in this news release that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors, which include, but are not limited to, factors discussed in documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

    Category: Earnings

    For further information contact:
    Keith Suchodolski, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, or
    Sean Byrnes, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    (973) 244-4500

     
    Linked-Quarter Comparative Financial Analysis
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars and Shares in Thousands,
    Except Per Share Data)
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    Variance
    or Change
    Variance
    or Change Pct.
    Assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 155,574   $ 63,864   $ 91,710   143.6 %
    Securities available for sale   1,070,811     1,072,833     (2,022 ) -0.2 %
    Securities held to maturity   132,256     135,742     (3,486 ) -2.6 %
    Loans held-for-sale   8,866     6,036     2,830   46.9 %
    Loans receivable   5,784,246     5,732,787     51,459   0.9 %
    Less: allowance for credit losses on loans   (44,923 )   (44,939 )   (16 ) —%
    Net loans receivable   5,739,323     5,687,848     51,475   0.9 %
    Premises and equipment   45,189     44,940     249   0.6 %
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   57,706     80,300     (22,594 ) -28.1 %
    Accrued interest receivable   29,467     29,521     (54 ) -0.2 %
    Goodwill   113,525     113,525     —   — %
    Core deposit intangible   1,805     1,931     (126 ) -6.5 %
    Bank owned life insurance   300,186     297,874     2,312   0.8 %
    Deferred income taxes, net   50,131     50,339     (208 ) -0.4 %
    Other assets   67,540     98,708     (31,168 ) -31.6 %
    Total assets $ 7,772,379   $ 7,683,461   $ 88,918   1.2 %
             
    Liabilities        
    Deposits:        
    Non-interest-bearing $ 592,099   $ 598,366   $ (6,267 ) -1.0 %
    Interest-bearing   4,878,413     4,559,757     318,656   7.0 %
    Total deposits   5,470,512     5,158,123     312,389   6.1 %
    Borrowings   1,479,888     1,709,789     (229,901 ) -13.4 %
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes   17,824     17,409     415   2.4 %
    Other liabilities   52,618     44,569     8,049   18.1 %
    Total liabilities   7,020,842     6,929,890     90,952   1.3 %
             
    Stockholders’ Equity        
    Common stock   646     644     2   0.3 %
    Paid-in capital   493,523     493,680     (157 ) — %
    Retained earnings   342,522     343,326     (804 ) -0.2 %
    Unearned ESOP shares   (20,430 )   (20,916 )   486   2.3 %
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (64,724 )   (63,163 )   (1,561 ) -2.5 %
    Total stockholders’ equity   751,537     753,571     (2,034 ) -0.3 %
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,772,379   $ 7,683,461   $ 88,918   1.2 %
             
    Consolidated capital ratios        
    Equity to assets   9.67 %   9.81 %   -0.14 %  
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)   8.31 %   8.43 %   -0.12 %  
             
    Share data        
    Outstanding shares   64,580     64,434     146   0.2 %
    Book value per share $ 11.64   $ 11.70   $ (0.06 ) -0.5 %
    Tangible book value per share (2) $ 9.85   $ 9.90   $ (0.05 ) -0.5 %
                         
    _________________________
    (1) Tangible equity equals total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets. Tangible assets equals total assets reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets.
    (2) Tangible book value equals total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets.
     
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
    (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars and Shares in Thousands,
    Except Per Share Data)
    Three Months Ended Variance
    or Change
    Variance
    or Change Pct.
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    Interest income        
    Loans $ 66,331   $ 65,819   $ 512   0.8 %
    Taxable investment securities   14,384     14,802     (418 ) -2.8 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities   71     80     (9 ) -11.3%
    Other interest-earning assets   2,466     2,289     177   7.7 %
    Total interest income   83,252     82,990     262   0.3 %
             
    Interest expense        
    Deposits   35,018     32,187     2,831   8.8 %
    Borrowings   15,788     17,527     (1,739 ) -9.9 %
    Total interest expense   50,806     49,714     1,092   2.2 %
    Net interest income   32,446     33,276     (830 ) -2.5 %
    Provision for credit losses   108     3,527     (3,419 ) -96.9 %
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   32,338     29,749     2,589   8.7 %
             
    Non-interest income        
    Fees and service charges   635     580     55   9.5 %
    Gain on sale of loans   200     111     89   80.2 %
    Income from bank owned life insurance   2,567     3,209     (642 ) -20.0 %
    Electronic banking fees and charges   391     1,130     (739 ) -65.4 %
    Other income   833     776     57   7.3 %
    Total non-interest income   4,626     5,806     (1,180 ) -20.3 %
             
    Non-interest expense        
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,498     17,266     232   1.3 %
    Net occupancy expense of premises   2,798     2,738     60   2.2 %
    Equipment and systems   3,860     3,785     75   2.0 %
    Advertising and marketing   342     480     (138 ) -28.8 %
    Federal deposit insurance premium   1,563     1,532     31   2.0 %
    Directors’ compensation   361     360     1   0.3 %
    Goodwill impairment   —     97,370     (97,370 ) -100.0 %
    Other expense   3,364     3,020     344   11.4 %
    Total non-interest expense   29,786     126,551     (96,765 ) -76.5 %
    Income (loss) before income taxes   7,178     (90,996 )   98,174   107.9 %
    Income taxes   1,086     (917 )   2,003   -218.4 %
    Net income (loss) $ 6,092   $ (90,079 ) $ 96,171   106.8 %
             
    Net income (loss) per common share (EPS)        
    Basic $ 0.10   $ (1.45 ) $ 1.55    
    Diluted $ 0.10   $ (1.45 ) $ 1.55    
             
    Dividends declared        
    Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.11   $ 0.11   $ —    
    Cash dividends declared $ 6,896   $ 6,903   $ (7 )  
    Dividend payout ratio   113.2 %   -7.7 %   120.9 %  
             
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding        
    Basic   62,389     62,254     135    
    Diluted   62,420     62,254     166    
                         
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Average Balance Sheet Data
    (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars in Thousands) Three Months Ended Variance
    or Change
    Variance
    or Change Pct.
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    Assets        
    Interest-earning assets:        
    Loans receivable, including loans held for sale $ 5,761,593   $ 5,743,008   $ 18,585   0.3 %
    Taxable investment securities   1,314,945     1,343,541     (28,596 ) -2.1 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities   12,244     13,737     (1,493 ) -10.9 %
    Other interest-earning assets   131,981     128,257     3,724   2.9 %
    Total interest-earning assets   7,220,763     7,228,543     (7,780 ) -0.1 %
    Non-interest-earning assets   467,670     466,537     1,133   0.2 %
    Total assets $ 7,688,433   $ 7,695,080   $ (6,647 ) -0.1 %
             
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
    Interest-bearing liabilities:        
    Deposits:        
    Interest-bearing demand $ 2,282,608   $ 2,310,521   $ (27,913 ) -1.2 %
    Savings   668,240     631,622     36,618   5.8 %
    Certificates of deposit   1,755,589     1,613,798     141,791   8.8 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,706,437     4,555,941     150,496   3.3 %
    Borrowings:        
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   1,325,583     1,507,192     (181,609 ) -12.0 %
    Other borrowings   237,011     228,461     8,550   3.7 %
    Total borrowings   1,562,594     1,735,653     (173,059 ) -10.0 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   6,269,031     6,291,594     (22,563 ) -0.4 %
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:        
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   599,095     589,438     9,657   1.6 %
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   69,629     62,978     6,651   10.6 %
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities   668,724     652,416     16,308   2.5 %
    Total liabilities   6,937,755     6,944,010     (6,255 ) -0.1 %
    Stockholders’ equity   750,678     751,070     (392 ) -0.1 %
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,688,433   $ 7,695,080   $ (6,647 ) -0.1 %
             
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities   115.18 %   114.89 %   0.29 % 0.3 %
     
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Performance Ratio Highlights
    (Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended Variance
    or Change
      September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    Average yield on interest-earning assets:      
    Loans receivable, including loans held for sale 4.61 % 4.58 % 0.03 %
    Taxable investment securities 4.38 % 4.41 % -0.03 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities (1) 2.32 % 2.32 % — %
    Other interest-earning assets 7.47 % 7.14 % 0.33 %
    Total interest-earning assets 4.61 % 4.59 % 0.02 %
           
    Average cost of interest-bearing liabilities:      
    Deposits:      
    Interest-bearing demand 3.13 % 3.06 % 0.07 %
    Savings 1.05 % 0.63 % 0.42 %
    Certificates of deposit 3.51 % 3.35 % 0.16 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits 2.98 % 2.83 % 0.15 %
    Borrowings:      
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances 3.82 % 3.86 % -0.04 %
    Other borrowings 5.28 % 5.24 % 0.04 %
    Total borrowings 4.04 % 4.04 % — %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities 3.24 % 3.16 % 0.08 %
           
    Interest rate spread (2) 1.37 % 1.43 % -0.06 %
    Net interest margin (3) 1.80 % 1.84 % -0.04 %
           
    Non-interest income to average assets (annualized) 0.24 % 0.30 % -0.06 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets (annualized) 1.55 % 6.58 % -5.03 %
           
    Efficiency ratio (4) 80.35 % 323.81 % -243.46 %
           
    Return on average assets (annualized) 0.32 % -4.68 % 5.00 %
    Return on average equity (annualized) 3.25 % -47.97 % 51.22 %
    Return on average tangible equity (annualized) (5) 3.89 % 3.33 % 0.56 %
     
    _________________________
    (1) The yield on tax-exempt investment securities has not been adjusted to reflect their tax-effective yield.
    (2) Interest income divided by average interest-earning assets less interest expense divided by average interest-bearing liabilities.
    (3) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4) Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
    (5) Average tangible equity equals total average stockholders’ equity reduced by average goodwill and average core deposit intangible assets.
     
     
    Five-Quarter Financial Trend Analysis
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
    (Dollars and Shares in Thousands,
    Except Per Share Data)
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
      (Unaudited) (Audited) (Unaudited) (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 155,574   $ 63,864   $ 71,027   $ 73,860   $ 57,219  
    Securities available for sale   1,070,811     1,072,833     1,098,655     1,144,175     1,215,633  
    Securities held to maturity   132,256     135,742     139,643     141,959     143,730  
    Loans held-for-sale   8,866     6,036     4,117     14,030     3,934  
    Loans receivable   5,784,246     5,732,787     5,758,336     5,745,629     5,736,049  
    Less: allowance for credit losses on loans   (44,923 )   (44,939 )   (44,930 )   (44,867 )   (46,872 )
    Net loans receivable   5,739,323     5,687,848     5,713,406     5,700,762     5,689,177  
    Premises and equipment   45,189     44,940     45,053     45,928     46,868  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock   57,706     80,300     81,347     83,372     81,509  
    Accrued interest receivable   29,467     29,521     31,065     30,258     29,766  
    Goodwill   113,525     113,525     210,895     210,895     210,895  
    Core deposit intangible   1,805     1,931     2,057     2,189     2,323  
    Bank owned life insurance   300,186     297,874     296,493     256,064     294,491  
    Deferred income taxes, net   50,131     50,339     47,225     46,116     56,500  
    Other real estate owned   —     —     —     11,982     12,956  
    Other assets   67,540     98,708     100,989     136,242     129,865  
    Total assets $ 7,772,379   $ 7,683,461   $ 7,841,972   $ 7,897,832   $ 7,974,866  
               
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Non-interest-bearing $ 592,099   $ 598,366   $ 586,089   $ 584,130   $ 595,141  
    Interest-bearing   4,878,413     4,559,757     4,622,961     4,735,500     4,839,027  
    Total deposits   5,470,512     5,158,123     5,209,050     5,319,630     5,434,168  
    Borrowings   1,479,888     1,709,789     1,722,178     1,667,055     1,626,933  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes   17,824     17,409     17,387     16,742     16,907  
    Other liabilities   52,618     44,569     44,279     46,427     47,324  
    Total liabilities   7,020,842     6,929,890     6,992,894     7,049,854     7,125,332  
               
    Stockholders’ Equity          
    Common stock   646     644     644     645     652  
    Paid-in capital   493,523     493,680     493,187     493,297     497,269  
    Retained earnings   342,522     343,326     440,308     439,755     460,464  
    Unearned ESOP shares   (20,430 )   (20,916 )   (21,402 )   (21,889 )   (22,375 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (64,724 )   (63,163 )   (63,659 )   (63,830 )   (86,476 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   751,537     753,571     849,078     847,978     849,534  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,772,379   $ 7,683,461   $ 7,841,972   $ 7,897,832   $ 7,974,866  
               
    Consolidated capital ratios          
    Equity to assets   9.67 %   9.81 %   10.83 %   10.74 %   10.65 %
    Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)   8.31 %   8.43 %   8.34 %   8.26 %   8.20 %
               
    Share data          
    Outstanding shares   64,580     64,434     64,437     64,445     65,132  
    Book value per share $ 11.64   $ 11.70   $ 13.18   $ 13.16   $ 13.04  
    Tangible book value per share (2) $ 9.85   $ 9.90   $ 9.87   $ 9.85   $ 9.77  
     
    _________________________
    (1) Tangible equity equals total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets. Tangible assets equals total assets reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets.
    (2) Tangible book value equals total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangible assets.
     
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Supplemental Balance Sheet Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars in Thousands) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Loan portfolio composition:          
    Commercial loans:          
    Multi-family mortgage $ 2,646,187   $ 2,645,851   $ 2,645,195   $ 2,651,274   $ 2,699,151  
    Nonresidential mortgage   950,771     948,075     965,539     947,287     946,801  
    Commercial business   145,984     142,747     147,326     144,134     149,229  
    Construction   227,327     209,237     229,457     221,933     230,703  
    Total commercial loans   3,970,269     3,945,910     3,987,517     3,964,628     4,025,884  
    One- to four-family residential mortgage   1,768,230     1,756,051     1,741,644     1,746,065     1,689,051  
    Consumer loans:          
    Home equity loans   44,741     44,104     42,731     43,517     42,896  
    Other consumer   2,965     2,685     3,198     2,728     2,644  
    Total consumer loans   47,706     46,789     45,929     46,245     45,540  
    Total loans, excluding yield adjustments   5,786,205     5,748,750     5,775,090     5,756,938     5,760,475  
    Unaccreted yield adjustments   (1,959 )   (15,963 )   (16,754 )   (11,309 )   (24,426 )
    Loans receivable, net of yield adjustments   5,784,246     5,732,787     5,758,336     5,745,629     5,736,049  
    Less: allowance for credit losses on loans   (44,923 )   (44,939 )   (44,930 )   (44,867 )   (46,872 )
    Net loans receivable $ 5,739,323   $ 5,687,848   $ 5,713,406   $ 5,700,762   $ 5,689,177  
               
    Asset quality:          
    Nonperforming assets:          
    Accruing loans – 90 days and over past due $ —   $ —   $ —   $ —   $ —  
    Nonaccrual loans   39,854     39,882     39,546     28,089     37,912  
    Total nonperforming loans   39,854     39,882     39,546     28,089     37,912  
    Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale   —     —     —     9,700     —  
    Other real estate owned   —     —     —     11,982     12,956  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 39,854   $ 39,882   $ 39,546   $ 49,771   $ 50,868  
               
    Nonperforming loans (% total loans)   0.69 %   0.70 %   0.69 %   0.49 %   0.66 %
    Nonperforming assets (% total assets)   0.51 %   0.52 %   0.50 %   0.63 %   0.64 %
               
    Classified loans $ 119,534   $ 118,700   $ 115,772   $ 94,676   $ 98,616  
               
    Allowance for credit losses on loans (ACL):          
    ACL to total loans   0.78 %   0.78 %   0.78 %   0.78 %   0.81 %
    ACL to nonperforming loans   112.72 %   112.68 %   113.61 %   159.73 %   123.63 %
    Net charge-offs $ 124   $ 3,518   $ 286   $ 4,110   $ 2,107  
    Average net charge-off rate (annualized)   0.01 %   0.25 %   0.02 %   0.29 %   0.15 %
     
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Supplemental Balance Sheet Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
    (Dollars in Thousands) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Funding composition:          
    Deposits:          
    Non-interest-bearing deposits $ 592,099   $ 598,367   $ 586,089   $ 584,130   $ 595,141  
    Interest-bearing demand   2,247,685     2,308,915     2,349,032     2,347,262     2,236,573  
    Savings   681,709     643,481     630,456     646,182     689,163  
    Certificates of deposit (retail)   1,215,746     1,199,127     1,235,261     1,283,676     1,300,382  
    Certificates of deposit (brokered and listing service)   733,273     408,234     408,212     458,380     612,909  
    Interest-bearing deposits   4,878,413     4,559,757     4,622,961     4,735,500     4,839,027  
    Total deposits   5,470,512     5,158,124     5,209,050     5,319,630     5,434,168  
               
    Borrowings:          
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   1,209,888     1,534,789     1,457,178     1,432,055     1,456,933  
    Overnight borrowings   270,000     175,000     265,000     235,000     170,000  
    Total borrowings   1,479,888     1,709,789     1,722,178     1,667,055     1,626,933  
               
    Total funding $ 6,950,400   $ 6,867,913   $ 6,931,228   $ 6,986,685   $ 7,061,101  
               
    Loans as a % of deposits   105.1 %   110.4 %   109.8 %   107.4 %   104.8 %
    Deposits as a % of total funding   78.7 %   75.1 %   75.2 %   76.1 %   77.0 %
    Borrowings as a % of total funding   21.3 %   24.9 %   24.8 %   23.9 %   23.0 %
               
    Uninsured deposits:          
    Uninsured deposits (reported) (1) $ 1,799,726   $ 1,772,623   $ 1,760,740   $ 1,813,122   $ 1,734,288  
    Uninsured deposits (adjusted) (2) $ 773,375   $ 764,447   $ 718,026   $ 694,510   $ 683,265  
     
    _________________________
    (1) Uninsured deposits of Kearny Bank.
    (2) Uninsured deposits of Kearny Bank adjusted to exclude deposits of its wholly-owned subsidiary and holding company and collateralized deposits of state and local governments.
     
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars and Shares in Thousands,
    Except Per Share Data)
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Interest income          
    Loans $ 66,331   $ 65,819   $ 64,035   $ 63,384   $ 62,769  
    Taxable investment securities   14,384     14,802     15,490     16,756     16,265  
    Tax-exempt investment securities   71     80     85     84     87  
    Other interest-earning assets   2,466     2,289     2,475     2,401     2,047  
    Total interest income   83,252     82,990     82,085     82,625     81,168  
               
    Interest expense          
    Deposits   35,018     32,187     32,320     30,340     27,567  
    Borrowings   15,788     17,527     15,446     16,446     14,441  
    Total interest expense   50,806     49,714     47,766     46,786     42,008  
    Net interest income   32,446     33,276     34,319     35,839     39,160  
    Provision for credit losses   108     3,527     349     2,105     245  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   32,338     29,749     33,970     33,734     38,915  
               
    Non-interest income          
    Fees and service charges   635     580     657     624     748  
    Loss on sale and call of securities   —     —     —     (18,135 )   —  
    Gain (loss) on sale of loans   200     111     (712 )   104     215  
    Loss on sale of other real estate owned   —     —     —     (974 )   —  
    Income from bank owned life insurance   2,567     3,209     3,039     1,162     1,666  
    Electronic banking fees and charges   391     1,130     464     396     367  
    Other income   833     776     755     811     1,014  
    Total non-interest income   4,626     5,806     4,203     (16,012 )   4,010  
               
    Non-interest expense          
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,498     17,266     16,911     17,282     17,761  
    Net occupancy expense of premises   2,798     2,738     2,863     2,674     2,758  
    Equipment and systems   3,860     3,785     3,823     3,814     3,801  
    Advertising and marketing   342     480     387     301     228  
    Federal deposit insurance premium   1,563     1,532     1,429     1,495     1,524  
    Directors’ compensation   361     360     360     393     393  
    Goodwill impairment   —     97,370     —     —     —  
    Other expense   3,364     3,020     3,286     3,808     3,309  
    Total non-interest expense   29,786     126,551     29,059     29,767     29,774  
    Income (loss) before income taxes   7,178     (90,996 )   9,114     (12,045 )   13,151  
    Income taxes   1,086     (917 )   1,717     1,782     3,309  
    Net income (loss) $ 6,092   $ (90,079 ) $ 7,397   $ (13,827 ) $ 9,842  
               
    Net income (loss) per common share (EPS)          
    Basic $ 0.10   $ (1.45 ) $ 0.12   $ (0.22 ) $ 0.16  
    Diluted $ 0.10   $ (1.45 ) $ 0.12   $ (0.22 ) $ 0.16  
               
    Dividends declared          
    Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.11   $ 0.11   $ 0.11   $ 0.11   $ 0.11  
    Cash dividends declared $ 6,896   $ 6,903   $ 6,844   $ 6,882   $ 6,989  
    Dividend payout ratio   113.2 %   -7.7 %   92.5 %   -49.8 %   71.0 %
               
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding          
    Basic   62,389     62,254     62,205     62,299     63,014  
    Diluted   62,420     62,254     62,211     62,299     63,061  
                                   
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Average Balance Sheet Data
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars in Thousands) September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Assets          
    Interest-earning assets:          
    Loans receivable, including loans held-for-sale $ 5,761,593   $ 5,743,008   $ 5,752,477   $ 5,726,321   $ 5,788,074  
    Taxable investment securities   1,314,945     1,343,541     1,382,064     1,509,165     1,516,393  
    Tax-exempt investment securities   12,244     13,737     14,614     15,025     15,483  
    Other interest-earning assets   131,981     128,257     125,155     139,740     130,829  
    Total interest-earning assets   7,220,763     7,228,543     7,274,310     7,390,251     7,450,779  
    Non-interest-earning assets   467,670     466,537     577,411     554,335     568,723  
    Total assets $ 7,688,433   $ 7,695,080   $ 7,851,721   $ 7,944,586   $ 8,019,502  
               
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity          
    Interest-bearing liabilities:          
    Deposits:          
    Interest-bearing demand $ 2,282,608   $ 2,310,521   $ 2,378,831   $ 2,301,169   $ 2,245,831  
    Savings   668,240     631,622     635,226     664,926     719,508  
    Certificates of deposit   1,755,589     1,613,798     1,705,513     1,824,316     1,968,512  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,706,437     4,555,941     4,719,570     4,790,411     4,933,851  
    Borrowings:          
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances   1,325,583     1,507,192     1,428,801     1,513,497     1,386,473  
    Other borrowings   237,011     228,461     210,989     142,283     158,098  
    Total borrowings   1,562,594     1,735,653     1,639,790     1,655,780     1,544,571  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   6,269,031     6,291,594     6,359,360     6,446,191     6,478,422  
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:          
    Non-interest-bearing deposits   599,095     589,438     581,870     597,294     612,251  
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities   69,629     62,978     65,709     62,387     66,701  
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities   668,724     652,416     647,579     659,681     678,952  
    Total liabilities   6,937,755     6,944,010     7,006,939     7,105,872     7,157,374  
    Stockholders’ equity   750,678     751,070     844,782     838,714     862,128  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 7,688,433   $ 7,695,080   $ 7,851,721   $ 7,944,586   $ 8,019,502  
               
    Average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities
      115.18 %   114.89 %   114.39 %   114.65 %   115.01 %
                                   
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Performance Ratio Highlights
      Three Months Ended
      September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Average yield on interest-earning assets:          
    Loans receivable, including loans held-for-sale 4.61 % 4.58 % 4.45 % 4.43 % 4.34 %
    Taxable investment securities 4.38 % 4.41 % 4.48 % 4.44 % 4.29 %
    Tax-exempt investment securities (1) 2.32 % 2.32 % 2.32 % 2.25 % 2.25 %
    Other interest-earning assets 7.47 % 7.14 % 7.91 % 6.87 % 6.26 %
    Total interest-earning assets 4.61 % 4.59 % 4.51 % 4.47 % 4.36 %
               
    Average cost of interest-bearing liabilities:          
    Deposits:          
    Interest-bearing demand 3.13 % 3.06 % 3.08 % 2.91 % 2.58 %
    Savings 1.05 % 0.63 % 0.46 % 0.44 % 0.47 %
    Certificates of deposit 3.51 % 3.35 % 3.11 % 2.82 % 2.49 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits 2.98 % 2.83 % 2.74 % 2.53 % 2.23 %
    Borrowings:          
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances 3.82 % 3.86 % 3.55 % 3.82 % 3.54 %
    Other borrowings 5.28 % 5.24 % 5.22 % 5.65 % 5.46 %
    Total borrowings 4.04 % 4.04 % 3.77 % 3.97 % 3.74 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities 3.24 % 3.16 % 3.00 % 2.90 % 2.59 %
               
    Interest rate spread (2) 1.37 % 1.43 % 1.51 % 1.57 % 1.77 %
    Net interest margin (3) 1.80 % 1.84 % 1.89 % 1.94 % 2.10 %
               
    Non-interest income to average assets (annualized) 0.24 % 0.30 % 0.21 % -0.81 % 0.20 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets (annualized) 1.55 % 6.58 % 1.48 % 1.50 % 1.49 %
               
    Efficiency ratio (4) 80.35 % 323.81 % 75.43 % 150.13 % 68.97 %
               
    Return on average assets (annualized) 0.32 % -4.68 % 0.38 % -0.70 % 0.49 %
    Return on average equity (annualized) 3.25 % -47.97 % 3.50 % -6.59 % 4.57 %
    Return on average tangible equity (annualized) (5) 3.89 % 3.33 % 4.68 % -8.84 % 6.07 %
                         
    _________________________
    (1) The yield on tax-exempt investment securities has not been adjusted to reflect their tax-effective yield.
    (2) Interest income divided by average interest-earning assets less interest expense divided by average interest-bearing liabilities.
    (3) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
    (4) Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
    (5) Average tangible equity equals total average stockholders’ equity reduced by average goodwill and average core deposit intangible assets.
     

    The following tables provide a reconciliation of certain financial measures calculated in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) (as reported) and non-GAAP measures. These non-GAAP measures provide additional information which allow readers to evaluate the ongoing performance of the Company. They are not a substitute for GAAP measures; they should be read and used in conjunction with the Company’s GAAP financial information. In all cases, it should be understood that non-GAAP per share measures do not depict amounts that accrue directly to the benefit of shareholders.

     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars and Shares in Thousands,
    Except Per Share Data)
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted net income:          
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) $ 6,092   $ (90,079 ) $ 7,397   $ (13,827 ) $ 9,842  
    Non-recurring transactions – net of tax:          
    Net effect of sale and call of securities   —     —     —     12,876     —  
    Net effect of bank-owned life insurance restructure   —     392     —     6,286     —  
    Goodwill impairment   —     95,283     —     —     —  
    Adjusted net income $ 6,092   $ 5,596   $ 7,397   $ 5,335   $ 9,842  
               
    Calculation of pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue:          
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) $ 6,092   $ (90,079 ) $ 7,397   $ (13,827 ) $ 9,842  
    Adjustments to net income (GAAP):          
    Provision for income taxes   1,086     (917 )   1,717     1,782     3,309  
    Provision for credit losses   108     3,527     349     2,105     245  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP) $ 7,286   $ (87,469 ) $ 9,463   $ (9,940 ) $ 13,396  
               
    Adjusted earnings per share:          
    Weighted average common shares – basic   62,389     62,254     62,205     62,299     63,014  
    Weighted average common shares – diluted   62,420     62,330     62,211     62,367     63,061  
               
    Earnings per share – basic (GAAP) $ 0.10   $ (1.45 ) $ 0.12   $ (0.22 ) $ 0.16  
    Earnings per share – diluted (GAAP) $ 0.10   $ (1.45 ) $ 0.12   $ (0.22 ) $ 0.16  
               
    Adjusted earnings per share – basic (non-GAAP) $ 0.10   $ 0.09   $ 0.12   $ 0.09   $ 0.16  
    Adjusted earnings per share – diluted (non-GAAP) $ 0.10   $ 0.09   $ 0.12   $ 0.09   $ 0.16  
               
    Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per share:          
    Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per share – basic
      (non-GAAP)
    $ 0.12   $ (1.41 ) $ 0.15   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.21  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision net revenue per share – diluted
      (non-GAAP)
    $ 0.12   $ (1.40 ) $ 0.15   $ (0.16 ) $ 0.21  
               
    Adjusted return on average assets:          
    Total average assets $ 7,688,433   $ 7,695,080   $ 7,851,721   $ 7,944,586   $ 8,019,502  
               
    Return on average assets (GAAP)   0.32 %   -4.68 %   0.38 %   -0.70 %   0.49 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)   0.32 %   0.29 %   0.38 %   0.27 %   0.49 %
               
    Adjusted return on average equity:          
    Total average equity $ 750,678   $ 751,070   $ 844,782   $ 838,714   $ 862,128  
               
    Return on average equity (GAAP)   3.25 %   -47.97 %   3.50 %   -6.59 %   4.57 %
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)   3.25 %   2.98 %   3.50 %   2.54 %   4.57 %
                                   
     
    Kearny Financial Corp.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Dollars and Shares in Thousands,
    Except Per Share Data)
    September 30,
    2024
    June 30,
    2024
    March 31,
    2024
    December 31,
    2023
    September 30,
    2023
    Adjusted return on average tangible equity:          
    Total average equity $ 750,678   $ 751,070   $ 844,782   $ 838,714   $ 862,128  
    Less: average goodwill   (113,525 )   (113,525 )   (210,895 )   (210,895 )   (210,895 )
    Less: average other intangible assets   (1,886 )   (2,006 )   (2,138 )   (2,277 )   (2,411 )
    Total average tangible equity $ 635,267   $ 635,539   $ 631,749   $ 625,542   $ 648,822  
               
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   3.89 %   3.33 %   4.68 %   -8.84 %   6.07 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   3.89 %   3.58 %   4.68 %   3.41 %   6.07 %
               
    Adjusted non-interest expense ratio:          
    Non-interest expense (GAAP) $ 29,786   $ 126,551   $ 29,059   $ 29,767   $ 29,774  
    Non-recurring transactions:          
    Goodwill impairment   —     (97,370 )   —     —     —  
    Non-interest expense (non-GAAP) $ 29,786   $ 29,181   $ 29,059   $ 29,767   $ 29,774  
               
    Non-interest expense ratio (GAAP)   1.55 %   6.58 %   1.48 %   1.50 %   1.49 %
    Adjusted non-interest expense ratio (non-GAAP)   1.55 %   1.52 %   1.48 %   1.50 %   1.49 %
               
    Adjusted efficiency ratio:          
    Non-interest expense (non-GAAP) $ 29,786   $ 29,181   $ 29,059   $ 29,767   $ 29,774  
               
    Net interest income (GAAP) $ 32,446   $ 33,276   $ 34,319   $ 35,839   $ 39,160  
    Total non-interest income (GAAP)   4,626     5,806     4,203     (16,012 )   4,010  
    Non-recurring transactions:          
    Net effect of sale and call of securities   —     —     —     18,135     —  
    Net effect of bank-owned life insurance restructure   —     392     —     573     —  
    Total revenue (non-GAAP) $ 37,072   $ 39,474   $ 38,522   $ 38,535   $ 43,170  
               
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   80.35 %   323.81 %   75.43 %   150.13 %   68.97 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   80.35 %   73.92 %   75.43 %   77.25 %   68.97 %

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: LNG Energy Group Announces Release of Its Sustainability Report

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LNG Energy Group Corp. (TSXV: LNGE) (TSXV: LNGE.WT) (OTCQB: LNGNF) (FRA: E26) (the “Company” or “LNG Energy Group”) today released its 2023 Sustainability Report (the “Sustainability Report”).

    “I am pleased to report that LNG Energy Group has released its Sustainability Report and has taken a leading role in ESG and sustainability initiatives in Colombia,” comments Pablo Navarro, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. “Our Sustainability Report highlights all of our important activities in Colombia and our approach to minimizing our environmental impact while improving the living standards of our local communities.”

    The Sustainability Report presents the Company’s sustainability initiatives in 2023 and into 2024. The Sustainability Report can be accessed on the Company’s website at: https://www.lngenergygroup.com/sustainability.

    Neither TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    About LNG Energy Group

    The Company is focused on the acquisition and development of oil and gas exploration and production assets in Latin America.

    For more information, please see below:

    Website:
    www.lngenergygroup.com

    Investor Relations:
    James Morris, Vice-President, Business Development and Investor Relations
    Email: investor.relations@lngenergygroup.com
    Telephone: 205-835-0676

    Find us on social media:
    LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/lng-energy-group-inc/  
    Instagram: @lngenergygroup
    X: @LNGEnergyCorp

    CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION:

    This news release contains “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements” (collectively, “forward-looking statements”) within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements, and are based on expectations, estimates and projections as at the date of this news release. Any statement that involves discussions with respect to predictions, expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, assumptions, future events or performance (often using phrases such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “plans”, “budget”, “scheduled”, “forecasts”, “estimates”, “believes” or “intends”, or variations of such words and phrases, or stating that certain actions, events or results “may” or “could”, “would”, “should”, “might” or “will” be taken to occur or be achieved, are not statements of historical fact and may be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are necessarily based upon a number of estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable, are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results and future events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include: general business, economic, competitive, political and social uncertainties; delay or failure to receive any necessary board, shareholder or regulatory approvals, factors may occur which impede or prevent LNG Energy Group’s future business plans; and other factors beyond the control of LNG Energy Group. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements and information contained in this news release. Except as required by law, LNG Energy Group assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements, whether they change as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Canada: Investing in the big impact of small business

    Source: Government of Canada News

    Federal support will help four Nova Scotia companies boost productivity and reach new markets

    October 24, 2024 · Dartmouth, Nova Scotia · Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

    From October 20th to 26th during Small Business Week, Canadians across the country are celebrating the crucial role that local companies play in strengthening our communities and economies. Small- and medium-sized businesses are powerful engines for Canada’s economy, employing 64% of Canadian workers. The Government of Canada is investing to help position four Nova Scotia companies for growth and success.

    Accelerating Nova Scotia companies with diverse offerings, common goals

    Today, the Honourable Gudie Hutchings, Minister of Rural Economic Development and Minister responsible for ACOA, announced repayable contributions totalling $1,486,305 for four companies looking to accelerate their growth and reach new markets.

    A $721,305 contribution to Outdoor Fit Exercise Systems will enable the company to install cutting-edge powder paint coating equipment at its Dartmouth production facility. The upgrade will streamline operations, more than double the production capacity of its outdoor fitness equipment parts, and pave the way for a new business venture called Versa Coatings, a powder coating division serving businesses across Atlantic Canada.

    A $315,000 contribution to Tony’s Meats Ltd. will help it add manufacturing and shipping equipment to produce more value-added products, more efficiently. The new lineup of tools at its Antigonish site includes a smokehouse that will reduce overall electrical consumption and new technologies that will grow its product lineup to appeal to new clients.

    A $300,000 contribution to Sydney’s Ethical Swag Inc., Cape Breton’s only Certified B Corporation, will help it launch sales and marketing activities for its sustainable promotional products. Digital marketing, customer support improvements, and a build-out of its technology platform will help it reach new markets, empowering companies across Canada and the United States to choose eco-friendly advertising solutions.

    A $150,000 contribution to Ravens Rest Retreat Limited in Moose Brook will add a new multipurpose cottage with accessible washrooms and a kitchen, as well as a health and wellness area with a gazebo, hot and cold tubs, and a sauna. The additions will support new activities like yoga retreats and Indigenous cuisine and storytelling, encouraging longer stays and attracting guests during the colder months.

    Today’s announcement demonstrates the Government of Canada’s commitment to helping small businesses diversify, compete, and grow, creating jobs and boosting the economy. 

    MIL OSI Canada News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Disaster Recovery Center Opening in Chester County

    Source: US Federal Emergency Management Agency 2

    Disaster Recovery Center will open in Chester County to provide in-person assistance to South Carolinians affected by Hurricane Helene.  
    Chester CountyChester County Government Office1476 J A Cochran BypassChester, SC 29706
    Open Oct. 24-26, 8 a.m.- 7 p.m.  
    Additional Disaster Recovery Centers are scheduled to open in other South Carolina counties. Click here to find centers that are already open in South Carolina. You can visit any open center to meet with representatives of FEMA, the state of South Carolina and the U.S. Small Business Administration. No appointment is needed. 
    To find all other center locations, including those in other states, go to fema.gov/drc or text “DRC” and a Zip Code to 43362. 
    Homeowners and renters in Abbeville, Aiken, Allendale, Anderson, Bamberg, Barnwell, Beaufort, Cherokee, Chester, Edgefield, Fairfield, Greenville, Greenwood, Hampton, Jasper, Kershaw, Laurens, Lexington, McCormick, Newberry, Oconee, Orangeburg, Pickens, Richland, Saluda, Spartanburg, Union and York counties and the Catawba Indian Nation can apply for federal assistance.
    The quickest way to apply is to go online to DisasterAssistance.gov. You can also apply using the FEMA App for mobile devices or calling toll-free 800-621-3362. The telephone line is open every day and help is available in many languages. If you use a relay service, such as Video Relay Service (VRS), captioned telephone or other service, give FEMA your number for that service. For a video with American Sign Language, voiceover and open captions about how to apply for FEMA assistance, select this link.
    FEMA programs are accessible to survivors with disabilities and others with access and functional needs. 

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Gov. Kemp: TMC Transformers to Bring 110 Jobs, New Manufacturing Facility To Burke County

    Source: US State of Georgia

    Atlanta, GA – Governor Brian P. Kemp today announced that TMC Transformers USA Inc. (TMC), an international dry-type transformers manufacturer for a wide range of industrial applications, will expand its footprint in Georgia by investing more than $15.3 million over the next five years in a new manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, creating at least 110 new jobs in Burke County.

    “When we lead economic missions overseas and meet with companies like TMC, we do so to bring more opportunities back to hardworking Georgians, and so job creators like them can build a strong foundation alongside communities like Waynesboro,” said Governor Brian Kemp. “TMC’s decision to create over 100 well-paying jobs in Burke County comes at a critical time, and we look forward to their impact as that region of our state continues to recover and rebuild following the recent hurricanes.”

    TMC is a multinational company focused on design and production of medium and low voltage dry-type cast resin and VPI transformers. The company, which counts more than 500 employees and commercial offices in Europe, America, and East Asia, established its first U.S. production plant at the beginning of 2023 in Burke County.

    “Combining our expertise in the dry-type transformer industry with the needs of the U.S. market for accessible, reliable, and sustainable energy, the launch of the new plant highlights TMC’s strategic plans for substantial growth in North America,” said Cristiano Palladini, President of TMC USA. “We’re excited that Waynesboro will become a welcoming base for us. Georgia provides strong foundations for our business with its strategic position, the full support from Burke County and the Georgia delegation who share a business-oriented vision, and its community of hardworking and skilled Georgians in line with our needs.”

    TMC’s new facility at the Burke County Industrial Park in Waynesboro highlights its commitment to strengthening the company’s presence and investment in the United States. Operations in Burke County have already started at the company’s first facility, and the new plant is expected to be operational at the beginning of 2026. TMC is now hiring for roles in management, administrative staff, production technicians, operators, testers, sales, and quality control. Hiring will continue over the next few years as the project continues to ramp up. Interested individuals can learn more about careers with TMC at tmctransformers.us.  

    “The Development Authority of Burke County is pleased to have TMC Transformers make Waynesboro their permanent home,” said Austin Stacy, Executive Director of the Development Authority of Burke County. “Their decision to locate here is a true testament to the readiness and strong workforce that Burke County possesses. TMC’s core principles replicate our community’s values, and we look forward to continuing our work together to make Burke County a better place.”

    Senior Regional Project Manager Adela Kelley represented the Georgia Department of Economic Development (GDEcD) Global Commerce team on this competitive project in partnership with the Development Authority of Burke County.

    “After meeting with TMC’s leadership in Italy, we were truly impressed by their warmth, hospitality, and enthusiasm for their decision to invest in Georgia,” said GDEcD Commissioner Pat Wilson. “The transformers TMC will manufacture in Burke County are critical in addressing energy infrastructure needs for the state and the nation. TMC is just the type of company we aim to attract to Georgia: a long-term partner committed to strengthening our communities, economy, and industry ecosystems.”

    For over a century, Georgia has fostered healthy industry practices, encouraged collaboration and innovation, and positioned itself as a leader in developing and harnessing emerging technologies for evolving industries.

    The State of Georgia has had continuous representation in Europe since 1973. Italy is a top 15 trade partner for Georgia, with $3.4 billion in total trade moving between the state’s ports and Italy in 2023. Italy was also in the list of top 10 sources for international investment in Fiscal Year 2023, and Italian companies have invested more than $411 million in Georgia since 2010 through projects with state involvement.

    About TMC Transformers

    TMC Transformers USA Inc. is a leading provider of innovative and high-quality transformer solutions, dedicated to serving the energy needs of industries across North America. With a commitment to excellence and sustainability, TMC specializes in the design, manufacturing, and distribution of dry-type cast resin and VPI transformers. Its products are engineered to meet the highest standards of performance, reliability, and efficiency, ensuring optimal energy management for a wide range of applications, including utilities, data centers, semiconductors manufacturing, railways, marine and offshore, mining, and oil and gas. For more information, please visit tmctransformers.us or contact [email protected].

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: LPL Financial Welcomes Dougherty, Tedesco & Associates

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN DIEGO, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LPL Financial LLC, announced today that the financial advisors at Dougherty, Tedesco & Associates have joined LPL Financial’s broker-dealer, RIA and custodial platforms. They reported serving approximately $800 million in advisory, brokerage and retirement plan assets,* and join LPL from Osaic.

    Founded in the early 1980s by Charlotte Dougherty, CFP®, the business has evolved over the years to into a holistic wealth management firm and cornerstone of the greater Cincinnati area. Now under the leadership of advisors Andrew Tedesco, CFP®, and John Dougherty, III, MBA, CFP®, CRPC®, the firm offers a comprehensive range of wealth advisory services, including financial planning, investment management, retirement planning and estate planning. The team also includes Registered Sales Assistant John Dougherty, Jr., Director of Client Services Caitlin Ackerman and support staff members Rita Anno and Ben Verchick.

    “Our mission is to lead clients to a more secure financial future, supporting them step by step through life’s various stages,” said John Dougherty, III, noting they primarily serve corporate executives, engineers and medical practitioners. “We take a team approach to providing customized strategies as we explore every avenue to help optimize the client’s success. Throughout the financial planning process, we never lose sight of one essential element: personal service.”

    The transition to LPL Financial represents a calculated move for Dougherty, Tedesco & Associates, positioning the firm to deliver more customized solutions and elevated client services.

    “We are excited to join LPL Financial and leverage its robust platform to provide clients with more holistic, tailored experiences,” Tedesco said. “LPL’s comprehensive platform, advanced technology and substantial resources will give us more flexibility to respond to the diverse needs of our client base. Additionally, LPL’s size, strength and commitment to innovation align with our own values and aspirations for growth. We’re confident in our ability to expand our business and fulfill our commitment to providing exceptional care to help clients navigate their financial journeys with confidence.”

    Scott Posner, LPL Executive Vice President, Business Development, said, “We welcome Dougherty, Tedesco & Associates to the LPL community and look forward to supporting the growth of their firm. LPL is committed to delivering robust resources, strategic business solutions and innovative capabilities that can help this team and all of our advisors differentiate their practice and be successful at every stage of their business’ lifecycle.”

    Related

    Advisors, learn how LPL Financial can help take your business to the next level.

    About LPL Financial

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc. (Nasdaq: LPLA) was founded on the principle that LPL should work for advisors and institutions, and not the other way around. Today, LPL is a leader in the markets we serve, serving more than 23,000 financial advisors, including advisors at approximately 1,000 institutions and at approximately 580 registered investment advisor firms nationwide. We are steadfast in our commitment to the advisor-mediated model and the belief that Americans deserve access to personalized guidance from a financial professional. At LPL, independence means that advisors and institution leaders have the freedom they deserve to choose the business model, services and technology resources that allow them to run a thriving business. They have the flexibility to do business their way. And they have the freedom to manage their client relationships, because they know their clients best. Simply put, we take care of our advisors and institutions, so they can take care of their clients.

    Securities and Advisory services offered through LPL Financial LLC (“LPL Financial”), a registered investment advisor. Member FINRA/SIPC. LPL Financial and its affiliated companies provide financial services only from the United States. Dougherty, Tedesco & Associates and LPL are separate entities.

    Throughout this communication, the terms “financial advisors” and “advisors” are used to refer to registered representatives and/or investment advisor representatives affiliated with LPL Financial.

    We routinely disclose information that may be important to shareholders in the “Investor Relations” or “Press Releases” section of our website.

    *Value approximated based on asset and holding details provided to LPL from end of year, 2023.

    Media Contact: 
    Media.relations@LPLFinancial.com 
    (704) 996-1840

    Tracking #646723

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: MoneyHero Appoints Distinguished Global Executive Wallace Pai to Board of Directors

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Mr. Pai brings deep and diverse senior executive experience to MoneyHero, having spent his career with notable multinational companies including Imagination Technologies, Pixelworks, SMIC, GlobalFoundries, Synaptics, Samsung, Google (Motorola Mobility), Cadence, and McKinsey & Company

    MoneyHero’s Chairman Kenneth Chan to be replaced on Audit Committee by Mr. Pai; Committee now made-up entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors

    SINGAPORE, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MoneyHero Limited (NASDAQ: MNY) (“MoneyHero” or the “Company”), a market leading personal finance and digital insurance aggregation and comparison platform in Greater Southeast Asia, today announced that Wallace Pai has been named to the Company’s Board of Directors, effective immediately. In connection with his appointment, Mr. Pai has also replaced MoneyHero’s Chairman, Kenneth Chan, on the Company’s Audit Committee, ensuring the Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors.

    Mr. Pai is a seasoned global executive with deep experience across the technology and semiconductor industries. He currently serves as President of Asia Pacific and Chairman of China with Imagination Technologies, where he oversees the group’s regional strategy, revenue, and growth. Previously, Mr. Pai served as COO of Pixelworks, SVP of the Advanced Technology Business at SMIC, and VP/General Manager of Asia Pacific at GlobalFoundries. Earlier in his career, Mr. Pai also held executive roles with Synaptics, Samsung, Google (Motorola Mobility), Qualcomm Technologies, Cadence, and McKinsey & Company. Mr. Pai graduated with a Master of Science from the University of Michigan and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

    “Mr. Pai represents a significant addition to our Board of Directors and corporate governance,” said Rohith Murthy, CEO of MoneyHero. “His leadership in the technology sector, as well as a proven track record of success running large-scale enterprises in the Asia Pacific region, will bring immense value to our operations and growth strategy. Mr. Pai has contributed to the vision and oversight of many notable multinational companies throughout his illustrious career, and we are thrilled to have him on board. Moreover, this marks the second major Board appointment that we have achieved this year, which is critical to our future and a testament to the reputation and stature of the MoneyHero Brand.”

    The appointment of Mr. Pai follows the addition of accomplished legal and finance executive Steve Teichman to the Company’s Board, which was announced in June. Importantly, both Mr. Pai and Mr. Teichman bring the unique combination of having experience with U.S. capital markets and leading businesses in Asia Pacific.

    “I am honored to join MoneyHero’s Board and excited to bring new ideas and resources to this winning organization,” said Mr. Pai. “I have been following the MoneyHero story for a while, even before the Company went public last year, and I have been impressed by the strategy and fundamentals of the business, as well as their clear leadership-positioning in the marketplace, which will enable them to continue innovating and outpacing its peers. MoneyHero is absolutely forwarding the fintech industry in Greater Southeast Asia, and I am very much looking forward to being a part of it.”

    For more information about MoneyHero, including information for investors and learning about career opportunities, please visit www.MoneyHeroGroup.com.

    About MoneyHero Group
    MoneyHero Limited (NASDAQ: MNY) is a market leader in the online personal finance and digital insurance aggregation and comparison sector in Greater Southeast Asia. The Company operates in Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan and the Philippines.  Its brand portfolio includes B2C platforms MoneyHero, SingSaver, Money101, Moneymax and Seedly, as well as the B2B platform Creatory.  The Company also retains an equity stake in Malaysian fintech company, Jirnexu Pte. Ltd., parent company of Jirnexu Sdn. Bhd., the operator of RinggitPlus, Malaysia’s largest operating B2C platform. MoneyHero currently manages 279 commercial partner relationships and services 8.1 million Monthly Unique Users across its platform for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The Company’s backers include Peter Thiel—co-founder of PayPal, Palantir Technologies, and the Founders Fund—and Hong Kong businessman, Richard Li, the founder and chairman of Pacific Century Group. To learn more about MoneyHero and how the innovative fintech company is driving Greater Southeast Asia’s digital economy, please visit www.MoneyHeroGroup.com.

    Investors Relations:
    MoneyHero IR Team
    IR@MoneyHeroGroup.com

    Media Relations:
    Gaffney Bennett PR
    MoneyHero@gbpr.com

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA News: Background Press Call on the U.S. Approach to Harnessing the Power of AI for U.S. National  Security

    Source: The White House

    Via Teleconference

    MODERATOR:  Good afternoon, everyone.  Thanks so much for joining today’s call to discuss the U.S. approach to harnessing the power of AI for U.S. national security, ahead of tomorrow’s release of the National Security Memorandum.

    As a reminder of the ground rules of this call, this call is on background, attributable to senior administration officials, and it is embargoed until 6:00 a.m. Eastern on Thursday, October 24.

    For your awareness, not for your reporting, on the call today we have [senior administration official] and [senior administration official]. 

    Following the call, we’ll provide you all with some materials under the same embargo, so be on the lookout for those. 

    Our speakers are going to have a few words at the top, and then we’ll turn it over to some of your questions.

    With that, [senior administration official], I’ll turn it over to you.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  Thanks, Eduardo.  And thanks to all of you for joining us this evening. 

    So, we’re really pleased to report that tomorrow we’ll be releasing a National Security Memorandum on Artificial Intelligence signed by the President. 

    And we want to start off just by sharing a little bit of context for this, which really begins with the fact that the United States has a very strong hand in AI today.  We design the most advanced hardware.  We host the leading AI companies that are building the most advanced AI systems, and really have a dominant market share in artificial intelligence globally.  And thanks to the President’s CHIPS Act, we are building more resilience in our chip supply chains as well. 

    But as many of you know, the innovation that’s happened, particularly in this current wave of frontier artificial intelligence, has really been driven by the private sector.  And it’s critical that we continue to both foster that leadership but ensure that the government, and particularly with this National Security Memorandum, ensure that our national security agencies are adopting these technologies in ways that align with our values. 

    And a failure to do this, a failure to take advantage of this leadership and adopt this technology we worry could put us at risk of a strategic surprise by our rivals, such as China.

    And as you all know, there are very clear national security applications of artificial intelligence, including in areas like cybersecurity and counter-intelligence, not to mention the broad array of logistics and other activities that support military operations.

    Because countries like China recognize similar opportunities to modernize and revolutionize their own military and intelligence capabilities using artificial intelligence, it’s particularly imperative that we accelerate our national security community’s adoption and use of cutting-edge AI capabilities to maintain our competitive edge. 

    So, President Biden’s first-ever executive order, signed last October, on artificial intelligence was a key step forward to ensure that America leads the way in seizing the promise and managing the risks of AI. 

    In that executive order, the President specifically directed the development of this National Security Memorandum to ensure that we maintain our edge over rivals seeking to leverage AI to the detriment of our national security, while also building effective safeguards to ensure that our use of AI upholds our values and preserves public trust.

    So, consistent with the President’s direction, we’ve been engaged in a policy process over the last year or so to advance those aims and complete this National Security Memorandum. 

    And tomorrow, the National Security Advisor, Jake Sullivan, will deliver remarks to rising military and intelligence professionals at the National Defense University so he can speak directly to the very national security professionals and leaders who are going to be implementing the core of this strategy. 

    During his remarks, Jake will talk about what led us to this moment in artificial intelligence, both in terms of its development and our views on why it is so critical for national intelligence and why, therefore, the President has issued this National Security Memorandum on AI.

    Jake will also outline how the United States must strengthen our own advantages in artificial intelligence, how to harness that advantage in a responsible manner for national security, and also how the United States can do this work in lockstep with our partners around the world in ways that will protect our national security while also leveraging our advantages in AI for the benefit of countries around the world. 

    So, we hope you’ll join us for those remarks as well. 

    With that, I’ll turn it over to my colleague to provide more detail about the NSM itself.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  Great.  Thanks.  And thanks, everybody, for joining.

    As many of you know, the administration’s approach to AI is rooted in the premise that capabilities generated by the transformer and large language model revolution in AI, often called frontier AI, are poised to shape geopolitical, military, and intelligence competition. 

    Now, most of the NSM is unclassified and will be released publicly.  It also contains a classified annex that primarily addresses adversary threats. 

    Now, the principles guiding our work in the NSM are simple.  They are that the U.S. should first lead the world’s development of safe, secure, and trustworthy AI, and establishing a stable and responsible framework to advance international AI governance.  And as a result, the NSM serves as a formal charter for the AI Safety Institute in the Department of Commerce, which we have created to be the primary port of call for U.S. AI developers.  They have already issued guidance on safe, secure, and trustworthy AI development and have secured voluntary agreements with companies to test new AI systems before they are released to the public. 

    Second, another principle is that the U.S. should harness the most advanced AI systems with appropriate safeguards to achieve national security objectives.  And we are directing that the agencies gain access to the most powerful AI systems and put them to use, which often involves substantial efforts on procurement. 

    And finally, all of this must be done in accordance with our values. 

    So, alongside the National Security Memorandum itself, we are publishing a companion document called the Framework for AI Governance and Risk Management for National Security that provides guidance on how agencies can and cannot use AI. 

    So, we also believe that we must out-compete our adversaries and mitigate the threats posed by adversary use of AI. 

    So, in summary, what I’ve outlined are essentially three core principles that you’ll see throughout the documents: securing the U.S.’s lead on AI; two, harnessing AI for national security; and, crucially, building in the governance framework to ensure that we are actually accelerating adoption in a smart way, in a responsible way, by having clear rules of the road.

    With that, I’ll turn it over to Eduardo.

    MODERATOR:  Thank you both.  We’ll now turn to our Q&A portion.  If you’d like to ask a question, please use the “raise your hand” feature on Zoom.

    First up, we’ll go to the line of Katrina Manson.  You should be able to unmute yourself. 

    Q    Hi there.  Thanks so much.  I would love to ask how you see the U.N. intention to have countries sign up to a ban on lethal autonomous weapons by 2026 and if any of your work foresees the U.S. signing up to that. 

    Many of the harms that you try to prevent on the civil use of AI, obviously in terms of bodily harms, are very much implied with the use of AI for the military.  And in the case of Maven, AI targeting is already being used to support battlefield firing in the Middle East by the U.S.  Can you address the very serious safety concerns around the use of AI targeting and whether you will consider a ban on lethal autonomous weapons, which can use AI?

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  Thanks for that question.  I’m happy to start with that. 

    So, first point is, as I think [senior administration official] noted, we’ll be releasing tomorrow, alongside the National Security Memorandum, a framework on responsible use of artificial intelligence in a national security context.  And so, you’ll see there really a lot of detail on kind of all the steps that we’re taking to ensure these systems are used responsibly. 

    Now, and the other thing I would point out is: While it’s not necessarily part of this NSM, although there’s a nod to kind of our diplomatic efforts and kind of direction to double down on those, some of you may be aware of the Political Declaration on Responsible Military Use of Artificial Intelligence and Autonomy.  And that’s a declaration where the Vice President, in fact, has kind of taken a leadership role.  And we have around 60 countries that have signed up to this declaration, which is really focused squarely on how AI and autonomy should be used.  And most recently, there was a summit held on this by South Korea. 

    So that’s another area where that combines both the substance that you’ll see in the framework on responsible use, but also, really, diplomatic efforts that we’ve been leading over the last few years.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  And, sorry, if I can add to what was just mentioned.  The framework itself you’ll see actually references the political declaration that was just mentioned, and it also outlines the requirement for adherence to the Department of Defense’s Directive 3000.09 and successor related policies that address autonomous or semiautonomous weapons systems. 

    But in addition to that, as was just mentioned, there are a number of outlined prohibited use cases, as well as high-impact use cases that are relevant.  And one theme you’ll see in both the NSM and the framework document is the fact that we need to ensure that AI is used in a manner consistent with the President’s authority as Commander-in-Chief to decide when to order military operations in the nation’s defense, for instance.

    MODERATOR:  Thank you.  Next up, we’ll go to the line of Garrett (inaudible).  You should be able to mute yourself.

    Q    Hello.  Can you all hear me?

    MODERATOR:  We can, yes.

    Q    Great.  You mentioned that some of the commitments from companies are voluntary.  And, you know, just covering the big fight around legislation here in California, companies seem, from my perspective at least, to very much want to keep those commitments to safety and that kind of thing voluntary, rather than sort of required or legislated. 

    And I’m just wondering if, you know, the administration has a view, or if it’s published as part of this, about trying to sort of codify those voluntary commitments and make them more, you know, ironclad and not sort of up to the whims of these CEOs.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  Thanks, Garrett.  So, I think on that point, I would just say we continue to work with colleagues on the Hill.  There are a number of proposals relating to, you know, regulations on artificial intelligence.  And so, that’s really — that’s, really, ongoing. 

    I think, really, the emphasis in the National Security Memorandum is really kind of making commitments ourselves as a government about how we will adopt and use artificial intelligence.  You know, as you point out, we have played a leadership role in getting some of those commitments from the companies.  We have taken those commitments and kind of — to the international stage, through the G7 and the Hiroshima process as well. 

    But, really, what we’re focused on tomorrow is what commitments can the government itself make on responsible use, which we think is important, by the way, not just for its own sake, but we also think that’s important to enable us to both accelerate both the development and also accelerate the adoption of use as well.  And that’s a point that I think you’ll hear the National Security Advisor focus on as well tomorrow.

    MODERATOR:  Thank you.  And next up, we’ll go to the line of Patrick Tucker.  You should be able to unmute yourself.

    Q    Hi.  Thanks.  Pat Tucker from Defense One.

    There’s a new paper out, actually this week, from Meredith Whittaker and a couple other folks at the AI Now Institute, actually pointing out some of the potential dangers of some of these commercially facing AI products in national security contexts. 

    And they point out that some of these generative AI tools have very large — unacceptably large false positive rates.  They hallucinate, often, a lot.  And sometimes to train them, they rely on publicly available data, including data that might come from data brokers and other sources that poses a potential privacy risk, particularly to Americans, because Americans produce a lot more purchasable data than do citizens in China or Russia. 

    So can you talk a little bit about how this memorandum does or does not address data vulnerability of Americans and some of the potential risks in the national security setting of adopting commercial and consumer-facing AI tools that have high hallucination rates or false positive rates?  Thank you.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  Do you want to start with that?  You can join as well.

    So, thanks for the question.  Look, I think some of these, you know, concerns I think are ones that I think colleagues in the national security community are acutely aware of.  You know, there are a few points here. 

    One is, you know, we have to go through a process of accrediting systems.  And that’s not just for AI systems, but you know, national security systems generally.  And so, that’s point one, to kind of ensure that they are fit for the purpose or particular mission. 

    I think the second point is: We are, you know, very — I think very aware that what we’re doing at this stage is really trying to ensure that we have pilots and some important experimentation happening, because there are going to be challenges associated with adopting any new technology. 

    Third is, the framework that [senior administration official] mentioned is one that’s going to have to be continuously updated.  And we have tried to set it up in a way so that that can happen in real time as there are challenges that are inevitably encountered.

    And parallel to the policy process here, we have a lawyers group that is kind of working very intensively to ensure that, obviously, all existing law is complied with, but also to ensure that novel legal issues as we encounter them are addressed in a timely way as well. 

    I do want to just address the point on data that you mentioned specifically, which is, you know, we have been very concerned about the ways in which Americans’ sensitive data can be sold, really through the front door — through first collected in bulk, then sold through data brokers, and then end up in the hands of our adversaries.  And so, that’s something that the President issued an executive order on to try to restrict adversary access to some of that data.  And, in fact, just this week, we took one more step in the regulatory process through a notice of proposed rulemaking to try to get that final later this year.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  And if I can just add on that. 

    So, in addition to the work that the AI Safety Institute is going to do, and as [senior administration official] mentioned some of the other work, you’ll see that in the NSM itself there are very specific requirements for specific agencies and our intelligence community, and, for instance, the Department of Energy to do classified testing of different systems for different purposes for this very reason. 

    And in addition to that, as [senior administration official] mentioned, there’s a strong focus on experimentation here for this very reason.  We want to see rapid adoption, but we also want to see experimentation that will tease out kind of what missions are best suited for various systems and also tease out the challenges of them.  And that’s going to require leaning forward and experimenting, adopting, and then doing all of the work that was just mentioned as well, in terms of both policy and legal review.

    MODERATOR:  Thank you.  We have time for one more question, and we’ll go to the line of Maria Curry.  You should be able to unmute yourself. 

    Q    Hey.  Thanks for taking my question.  I’m wondering if export controls are part of this at all.  And if so, can you elaborate how those might be helpful? 

    And then, if you could just elaborate, too, on the third point.  Could you dig in a little bit deeper into how agencies can or can’t use the technology?  Could you provide an example or two of that?  Thank you.

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  I can speak to the export control piece, and, [senior administration official], maybe you can speak to some of the prohibited use cases. 

    So, really, the NSM does kind of address, kind of as a matter of policy, the importance of protecting advanced AI technologies so that they’re not used against us by adversary militaries or intelligence services.  And so, at a high level, it does kind of try to emphasize the importance of maintaining those policies and making sure that we are continuously adapting to efforts to circumvent those measures. 

    And as you know, those export controls cover not only GPUs, the advanced AI chips, but also the semiconductor manufacturing equipment that’s necessary to manufacture those as well.  So, that full aspect of the supply chain.

    [Senior administration official] do you want to say anything about prohibited uses?

    SENIOR ADMINISTRATION OFFICIAL:  Sure.  So, you’ll see in the accompanying framework document that I mentioned, it identifies both prohibited, as well as what we call high-impact AI use cases, based on the risk that they pose to national security, international norms, democratic values, human rights, civil rights, civil liberties, privacy, and safety.

    And on the prohibited end of the spectrum, these will be — not surprising, but there are clear prohibitions on use of AI with intent or purpose, for instance, to unlawfully suppress or burden the right to free speech or the right to legal counsel. 

    There’s also prohibited use cases around, for instance, removing a human in the loop for actions critical to informing and executing decisions by the President to initiate or terminate nuclear weapons employment, for example.  That runs the spectrum of kind of military-related activities, but also protecting civil liberties and tracking international norms. 

    But in doing that, we actually view these restrictions — so these prohibitions, for example, as well as the high-impact cases — as being important in clarifying what the agencies can and cannot do.  That will actually accelerate experimentation and adoption.  Because one of the paradoxical outcomes we’ve seen is: With a lack of policy clarity and a lack of legal clarity about what can and cannot be done, we are likely to see less experimentation and less adoption than with a clear path for use, which is what the NSM and the framework tries to provide.

    MODERATOR:  Thank you.  That’s all the time we have for today.  Big thanks to our speakers, and thanks to you all for joining.

    As a reminder, this call is on background, attributable to senior administration officials.  And this call and its contents are embargoed until 6:00 a.m. Eastern tomorrow. 

    Thanks, all, for joining.  And be sure to tune in tomorrow to National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan’s remarks on this topic.  Thanks again.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Australia: The Tax Institute’s National GST Conference: ATO update for public and multinational businesses

    Source: Australian Department of Revenue

    Rebecca Saint, Deputy Commissioner, Public Groups and
    Virginia Gogan, Senior Director Public Groups
    Speech at The Tax Institute’s National GST Conference
    17 October 2024
    (Check against delivery)

    Introduction

    Thank you to the Tax Institute for having us at this conference. It’s a pleasure to come speak to you all today.

    It’s been 5 years since responsibility for GST compliance for large business moved to Public Groups. The move has allowed us to better combine our expertise in GST with our deep insights into large business.

    Supported by Government funding to improve assurance and compliance in the large market, we embarked on an ambitious program to generate long term change in the market. We’ve taken on a number of difficult long-term systemic issues, such as governance (including systems and controls), apportionment issues related to financial supplies and product classification.

    Whilst there is still a way to go, we are encouraged by the positive results and we are starting to envisage the future world of GST compliance for large business beyond what you see today. We will cover some of this in our presentation today.

    We will cover:

    • where we are at in our engagement with the market for GST
    • our observations on the GST risk focus area in this market, and
    • our future directions for large business compliance programs going forward.

    The importance of large business tax compliance

    Firstly, it’s useful to set the scene with some key facts and figures.

    The significant monetary contribution and position of influence of large business in the tax system shapes the way we think about compliance for this market. Understanding these drivers also helps in understanding the rationale as to why Government directs funding to specific programs in this market.

    Public and multinational businesses are the largest contributors to the GST system.

    In the 2023 financial year, GST revenue was around 14% of the ATO’s overall net tax collections. In the same year, over 60% of the $77.3 billion in net GST liabilities collected by the ATO were from public and multinational businesses.

    This is reflected in PG populations with:

    • top 100 taxpayers making up 13% of net GST liabilities or $10 billion
    • top 1000 taxpayers making up 37% or $28.6 billion, and
    • the Medium and Emerging population at 11% or $8.9 billion.

    The numbers demonstrate the important role of large business in the level of GST contribution and Government budgets. The heavy reliance on large business for revenue collection is not unique to GST and we see similar reliance for corporate tax. However, the settings of GST mean the concentration of GST collection differs to that income tax. For income tax, corporate tax is highly concentrated in large mining and resource companies, the big banks and a few retailers or telcos. In comparison we see GST as being more spread across the Top 100 and Top 1,000 populations with the bulk of collections coming from the wholesale, retail and services sectors – miners’ exports are GST-free, and banks are mostly input taxed.

    We often talk about the role that large business play beyond their significant revenue contribution. The perception of compliance by large business supports the health of the tax system as a whole. The willingness of individual and small business taxpayers to voluntarily meet their obligations is indirectly impacted by whether they consider there is fairness in the system.

    Whilst public scrutiny more commonly focusses on the income tax contribution and compliance of large business, ultimately perceptions of tax compliance generally are important. At one level GST compliance is more observable to the broader community, with many engaging directly with GST treatments through roles in different parts of the supply chain and consumers engaging with marketing of GST free supplies. This provides both positive and downside opportunities for business.

    Proving GST compliance – justified trust

    Evolution of the justified trust program

    A key platform for our engagement with public and multinational businesses is through the Justified Trust assurance programs. These programs are important in giving us high levels of confidence that we know which large businesses are meeting their Australian income tax and GST obligations. This gives Government and the community confidence that the right amount of tax is being paid by large business.

    We are specifically funded to undertake the justified programs with GST being funded by the GST Compliance Program and income tax being funded through the Tax Avoidance Taskforce.

    Under the assurance programs, the ATO provides positive assurance that taxpayers are paying the right amount of tax, rather than confirming that certain risks do not arise. Whilst the pillars of justified trust are the same for income tax and GST, our compliance stance for the taxes differs. We will explore some of these differences when discussing the programs.

    Top 100

    The Top 100 program covers the largest public and multinational businesses. Top 100 taxpayers are under continual monitoring for income tax. However, for GST, for those taxpayers that have met the governance requirements and achieved at least overall medium assurance, we will generally adopt a periodic review stance. The exception being for high-risk industries such as financial services who may have more intensive engagement.

    What this means for the vast bulk of GST remitters, is that if they meet the necessary requirements in their initial assurance review, our justified trust engagement will be more limited until a refresh year. However, we will continue to monitor their affairs at some level.

    We have now completed an initial assurance review for one or more GST reporters in around 88% of the top 100 economic groups. This means that the vast bulk of Top 100 taxpayers could already be benefiting from periodic review stances. There may be opportunity to evolve this approach further, which we will talk about later in this presentation.

    We have recently re-focussed our efforts in the Top 100 program to real time engagement. The program has always been intended to work this way – given our focus is on prevention before correction, however we have not lived up to this ideal.

    The shift to real-time is designed to provide greater tax certainty for Top 100 taxpayers and the ATO. Transactions and business changes will be considered closer to the time of event and may include both income tax and GST considerations. This may include both income tax and GST. Compliance teams will make decisions as to what if any further investigation or verification may be required. Pre-lodgment Compliance Reviews (PCRs) will be on strict time-lines, to prevent gap or open years arising. We have made changes to our internal work processes to make this happen.

    The shift to real time will come with mutual obligations for business and the ATO. Top 100 taxpayers will have agreed disclosure frameworks that set out the principles of what and the timing of disclosures throughout the year. For GST, there are also specific disclosure requirements for certain industries given the GST risks that arise – such as for large banks.

    Top 1000

    The Top 1000 program assures the largest public and multinational businesses outside of the Top 100. It is an integrated review where we assure both income tax and GST as part of a combined assurance review.

    We have completed 735 reviews for GST across the various phases of the program. 395 entities have received a GST assurance rating, with 59 of these receiving an assurance rating for a second time. The increasing number of second time reviews, particularly for income tax, is giving us insights to the ‘stickiness’ of tax assurance ratings and improvements for big business.

    Due to differences in timing as to when the programs commenced, income tax is ahead of GST. Positively, we have seen most taxpayers either maintain or improve their ratings. We have observed similar positive trends for GST although the numbers are much less. This insight is what gives us confidence that we can take a more tailored lighter approach to assurance for taxpayers that have already demonstrated high levels of compliance.

    In March this year, we announced a recalibration of the entities that would be included in the program. We originally used a $250 million total business income threshold to determine who came within the program. However, over the 8 years since commencement we have observed considerable growth in population. As a result, the Top 1000 program has been covering more than 1000 entities which was not enabling us to achieve a 4-year rolling review cycle.

    Going forward, we will be applying an assurance approach to taxpayers that are the largest 1000 outside of the Top 100 population. Based on our current analysis, for the 2025 financial year, the largest 1000 had a turnover of approximately $350 million.

    We now also differentiate between two different groups in the Top 1000. About a third of the largest 1000 taxpayers exceed $1 billion in turnover. Given the significance of that level of economic activity, these entities will be classed as our ‘significant taxpayers’, and we will apply a different approach to assure them. The remaining entities will form our ‘general taxpayer’ population.

    Differentiating within the population allows us to take different approaches in our assurance program. It also provides opportunities for us to consider opportunities for different services for ‘significant taxpayers’, given their size and contribution.

    In addition to our Justified Trust program, we have risk-based engagements on specific GST risks. These risk-based engagements are important to ensure we continue to target the highest priority GST risks for public and multinational business, including for entities outside our Top 100 and Top 1000 programs.

    Program results – Latest Top 100 and Top 1000 findings for GST

    Each year we publish a raft of information to provide insights about the tax performance and compliance of large business. This includes the findings reports for our Justified Trust programs, with the latest reports for 2024 being published in September.

    At the highest level, this is a good news story. For GST, in both programs, we have observed an increase in the number of taxpayers obtaining high assurance.

    For Top 100 taxpayers:

    • 30% attained overall high assurance, a significant increase from the figure of 23% as at the end of June 2023
    • 63% attained medium assurance, which has fallen from 70% as at the end of June 2023, and
    • overall low assurance ratings have remained stable at 2%.

    For Top 1000 taxpayers:

    • 37% of taxpayers attained an overall high assurance outcome at their most recent review, which is also a significant increase from the figure as at end of June last year of 31%. This is due to 44% of taxpayers who were reviewed in 2024 achieving an overall high assurance rating.
    • 59% of taxpayers attained medium assurance (down from 65%) and we only have 4% of the population with a low assurance rating, which remains relatively constant compared to previous years. This usually occurs where we see an absence of evidence of a governance framework, combined with a low assurance rating for the GAT, and specific issues of concern with low assurance or red flags.
    • At the conclusion of the review, if we have identified areas of concern, we will either provide recommendations for the taxpayer to undertake (including a client next action, where we typically make recommendations and require the taxpayer to advise us of what they have done to address our recommendations) or we may consider intervention through a formalised ATO next actions product. In 2024, approximately 2% of taxpayers were escalated for a further ATO action for GST via a risk review or audit.

    We are also seeing marked improvements in GST governance. We rate GST governance using stage ratings. At least a stage 2 rating, which means your documented GST control framework exists and has been designed effectively, is required to obtain overall high assurance.

    For Top 100 taxpayers:

    • 56% attained a stage 2 or stage 3 rating for GST governance – which is an increase from 45% as at 30 June 2023.
    • Stage 3 was achieved by 9% of GST reporters reviewed, meaning that the documented GST control framework is both designed and operating effectively in practice.

    For Top 1000 taxpayers:

    • 42% attained a stage 2 or 3 rating, which was an increase from 35% in 2023. This positive shift reflects that for those reviewed in 2024, 50% achieved a stage 2 or 3 rating for GST governance.
    • Governance continues to be the main reason that taxpayers are prevented from achieving an overall high assurance rating in the Top 1000 program, with 40% of those achieving medium assurance prevented from high assurance solely due to their stage 1 governance rating.

    We also continue to see improvements in GST Analytical Tool, or GAT ratings, with the majority of taxpayers being able to reconcile the accounting and GST results and explain any differences with reference to objective evidence. A stage 2 or 3 GAT rating was attained by 86% of taxpayers in the Top 100. In the Top 1000, the majority of taxpayers achieved a high assurance rating for the GAT, with 74% of taxpayers able to reconcile the accounting and GST results and able to explain any differences with reference to objective evidence.

    The GAT is a useful tool for taxpayers to check how their various streams of economic activity are treated for GST purposes and have confidence in relation to their GST outcomes. Taxpayers are encouraged to embed the GAT as part of their own governance processes.

    Errors and amendments

    Notwithstanding improvements in governance and tax control frameworks, we continue to see a significant rate of voluntary disclosures of GST errors with the root cause being deficiencies in governance controls and systems.

    In the Top 1000, about 40% of combined assurance reviews carried out in 2024 involved a voluntary disclosure for GST – either at the notification of the review, or throughout the review. For the voluntary disclosures we received in our Top 1000 reviews in the 2024 financial year, almost 30% of those taxpayers had previously made a voluntary disclosure when they had been subject to a prior review in our Top 1000 program, with some of those being disclosures for the same issue previously identified (with penalties being applied as appropriate).

    In the Top 100, about 44% of the completed reviews had issues or concerns with correct reporting of GST obligations. The amounts of these errors were commonly not material in dollar terms. However, in some cases the amounts of errors were large and, in a small number of cases, failure to take reasonable care penalties applied due to the taxpayer’s circumstances.

    Where errors are identified, we focus on understanding how the error occurred and reviewing the taxpayer’s processes and procedures to make sure they are designed effectively to prevent the error from recurring.

    We acknowledge even taxpayers that have a strong governance framework in place will have errors from time to time. Whilst a voluntary disclosure may be an indication of a good governance process to detect errors, the timing of these indicate that it is not necessarily happening as a result of the governance processes in place, but rather as a result of our review notification.  In some cases, we also see recurrent errors being made.

    We see best practice processes where businesses have a process for detecting and remediating errors on a regular basis, not just as a result of ATO contact. We encourage all businesses to embed such processes. If the ATO is to lessen the intensity through the justified trust program, we need to be confident that businesses have got appropriate processes in place to address these issues.

    As you would be aware, the Commissioner has published draft guidance on Division 93 of the GST Act earlier this year, which is about the four-year time limit on claiming input tax credits or fuel tax credits.

    You should actively consider Division 93 when periods are close to the expiry of the 4-year entitlement period, given that putting in an amendment request is not sufficient for input tax credits to be taken into account in an assessment. That is, the amendment request actually needs to be processed by the ATO within the 4-year limit.

    If you are submitting an amendment request for periods close to the expiry of the 4-year period, I encourage you to proactively consider the application of Division 93 in the circumstances. We strongly recommend that you not wait until year 4 and do sweeps much more frequently to reduce the potential impact.

    If you are making the voluntary disclosure to one of our case teams, it will take our case teams some time to consider the requests. We also may require evidence to verify the entitlement to the additional input tax credits. We also appreciate that in many cases taxpayers may wish to engage with the team prior to finalising amendments to protect against penalties, which is a practice we encourage – but you should be conscious of, and proactively raise, any periods that are close to expiry of the four-year period. Again, we encourage you not to leave this to the last year.

    In circumstances where taxpayers seek to change long standing positions to uplift GST recovery, you can expect this will attract additional scrutiny – for instance where an apportionment methodology is changed for periods to increase the rates claimed. You can expect that this will likely take us longer to review and may require further engagement and information from you. You should factor this into your timeframes.

    Just as the Division 93 Miscellaneous tax ruling raises issues for taxpayers to consider, there are also aspects that the ATO will need to consider in our compliance activities. In those cases where there may be additional liabilities and additional input tax credits may also arise, there may be a reluctance of taxpayers to provide an extension to the period of review. This is perhaps understandable if the taxpayer is at risk of the ATO making adjustments, and for those periods there is no legal basis for the Commissioner to give the taxpayer any GST credits that they would otherwise have been entitled to as a result of the audit adjustment. In these cases, both the ATO and the taxpayer will need to co-operate to ensure timely and efficient resolution of issues.

    GST risk focus areas

    Financial services and insurance

    We continue to have a focus on financial services and insurance to ensure compliance with the specific provisions that apply in this area. The types of issues we have recently seen that cause us concern are:

    • ‘Set and forget’ approaches to apportionment models without consideration of whether the method is fair and reasonable, or in relation to claiming reduced input tax credits based on general ledger codes, without conducting periodic self-review transactional analysis.
    • We’ve also observed that while financial institutions generally are within the green zone (low risk) of PCG 2019/8, we continue to have concerns with a small number who adopt high risk positions in their apportionment methodologies, including continual use of retrospective amendments for earlier periods to uplift their claims.
    • Lack of understanding and controls to identify reverse charge transactions is also a concern. In this regard we highlight our guidance on the ATO’s expectations around controls to ensure correct application of these provisions and examples of best practice that can be adopted.
    • For super funds, an example of an issue we have seen is the inappropriate allocation of administrator costs to investment activities leading to excessive input tax recovery.
    • For general insurers, we have seen issues with a lack of controls around decreasing adjustments – for instance to ensure these are only claimed on taxable policies where the insured does not have full entitlement to input tax credits.
    • We continue to see errors where large businesses fail to undertake the financial acquisitions threshold test monthly, and do not correctly recover input tax credits on costs related to significant and unusual transactions such as takeovers.

    Generally, we encourage taxpayers in the financial services and insurance industry to review the relevant practical guidance we have issued. This includes considering the use of the GST data tests for the financial services and insurance industry as part of reviewing the correctness of GST reporting – these are also the ones we incorporate into our reviews.

    Touching on one point raised earlier in the conference, we do want to urge caution around market views on the application of the appeal decision of the Full Federal Court in Commissioner of Taxation v Hannover Life Re of Australasia Ltd.

    That appeal, in relation to overheads, was decided on the particular unchallenged facts and evidence before the Court. The legal analysis adopted in respect to considering the application of Division 11 remains consistent with the ATO’s conventional understanding of relevant legal precedent on the topic. In particular:

    • it is necessary to consider the precise nature of the relationship between an acquisition and related supplies when determining creditable purpose
    • the fact that an input taxed supply is interdependent, and cannot be made without a GST-free or taxable supply also being made, or that other supplies may arise automatically as a result of the making of an input taxed supply, will not of itself determine the creditable purpose of the relevant acquisition.

    The ATO does not consider that any published guidance or advice need be changed in light of the decision. That is the ATO considers the outcome results in a ‘business as usual’ outcome. For instance, we do not agree there is any broader impact in relation to apportionment for credit cards, or for super funds. We encourage taxpayers to read our Decision Impact Statement for the decision.

    Taxpayers will continue to need to consider the extent to which particular acquisitions relate to input taxed supplies, and to the extent apportionment is required, their apportionment models should appropriately adhere to the relevant legal principles in determining any applied extent of credible purpose rate. To try and emulate the conclusions of the Hannover case in relation to ‘overheads’, without consideration of the relationship between particular acquisitions and supplies, may result in an overclaiming of GST.

    The ATO does not consider that the decision offers any judicial justification for any substantially new apportionment method for ‘overheads’. Accordingly, taxpayers should be wary of any claim that the case can permit a material uplift in GST recovery, even if their circumstances have some similarities to the Hannover case. Such an approach may risk a shortfall occurring.

    We also encourage taxpayers to take note of our recent guidance (PDF 107KB) This link will download a file around the eligibility of super funds and investor-directed portfolio services investment platforms to claim reduced input tax credits on adviser fees.

    Product classification

    As our colleague Andrea Wood discussed earlier today, the ATO has been working to provide public advice and guidance on priority food and health product classification issues, with the aim of providing certainty and stability to the industry.

    We recently published a further draft of our Determination on food of a kind marketed as a prepared meal. This incorporates a practical compliance approach to assist taxpayers in determining whether or not certain salad products are food of a kind marketed as a prepared meal. This incorporates threshold tests that refer to objective attributes involving size and composition.

    We’ve developed this approach to address industry feedback that more practical guidance is needed to provide certainty on how to correctly classify these products. We have released the guidance on prepared meals in draft because we recognise this is a new approach and we are seeking industry feedback. This forms part of a layered approach to provide certainty to the market – including principled public advice and guidance, and detailed food list updates that cover more specific categories of products.

    There has been significant work and consultation in providing ATO public advice and guidance to ensure clarity on priority issues involving food and health products – including the guidance on combination foods, and sunscreen products, and upcoming guidance on formula products.

    We have also published a webpage that we will regularly update with emerging GST issues for food and health products, to promote consistency and give the industry early insights into practical issues we are observing.

    The product classification cluster has also published a self-review guide and checklist to assist taxpayers in the industry to undertake regular self-reviews of their GST classification, which I strongly encourage all industry participants to use as part of reviewing the GST classification of their food and health products.

    We expect that in future we will undertake further compliance activity to ensure consistent adoption of the views in ATO guidance once finalised – likely in the form of targeted mailouts focusing on manufacturers and wholesalers.

    We work to ensure consistency across the market, and encourage taxpayers to review our recent guidance to ensure they have appropriate governance controls to ensure correct classification of products.

    Property, construction and retirement villages

    We have had a focus on ensuring a good understanding of what risks arise in the property, construction and retirement village segments of the public and multinational market, through both our assurance programs and risk-based engagements.

    In particular we have had a recent focus on build to rent developments – we have observed that taxpayers are treating the relevant supplies as being input taxed in line with our expectations, and the main issues arising have involved adjustments (for instance, failure to make adjustments under Division 135 when a property is acquired as a GST-free going concern).

    We will continue to engage with taxpayers across a variety of business models – including purpose built student accommodation, retirement villages, accommodation providers and hybrid property types.

    Correct reporting

    In addition to our assurance programs, we engage in a targeted way where we potential correct reporting risks may arise (for instance, in the gambling industry under Division 126 and the sharing economy), or in relation to refunds that may be high risk.

    While we have observed some improvements following the release of the relevant legislative instrument in 2023, we continue to have concerns about situations where recipient created tax invoices are issued without appropriate agreements, or issued to the incorrect supplier or to suppliers who are no longer GST-registered, or in some cases were never GST-registered. These issues can lead to GST shortfalls.

    International GST

    Another one of our risk focus areas is ensuring that Australian GST obligations are being met by offshore entities making supplies to Australian consumers.

    Since the introduction of the laws that require offshore supplies of digital products and services, and low value imported goods, to register and remit GST on these supplies, we have collected $7.8 billion in revenue. In the 2024 financial year, we collected $1.6 billion in revenue, which was a 14.7% increase from the prior year.

    We currently have 2,685 non-residents registered under these measures, which is also a 13.8% increase from the prior year.

    We are making better use of data, particularly banking data, to improve our holistic understanding of the offshore population and tailoring our risk treatment strategies to obtain greater assurance that offshore businesses who fall within the Australian GST regime are registered, are lodging, and paying the correct amount of GST.

    Our leadership in OECD Working Party 9 (WP9) on Consumption Tax allows us to play a significant role in global collaboration to better understand the impact of global digitalisation and develop administrative best practice to address fraud and non-compliance in digital trade. We will continue to leverage our strong domestic and global relationships to support multilateral arrangements that enable the exchange of crucial GST information such as payment data, enhanced intelligence sharing, and compliance insights through international administrative cooperation. This will allow us to bridge critical data gaps and more efficiently and effectively manage international GST risks.

    The role of advisors

    I want to touch on the role that advisors play in the system. The Commissioner in his keynote address earlier today recognised the important role that advisors play in supporting taxpayers to meet their tax obligations.

    The ATO has been focussed on the role of advisors in supporting large business. This includes initiatives such as the Large Market Advisor Principles, which we facilitated by working closely with the big 4 advisory firms. These principles provide an objective and transparent basis against which firms, their clients and the community, can be confident that the firms are not engaged in marketing or promotion of tax avoidance or other high-risk arrangements. All firms offering tax advisory services may choose to adopt the principles and we actively encourage firms to do so.

    The ATO’s focus is not limited to advisors in the large-market and we have dedicated programs in other business lines. We work closely with other lines and co-ordinate our actions in relation to advisors working across markets. For us this is predominantly the Private Wealth line.

    Most tax professionals act in a way that supports the integrity of the tax system. However, we’ll act quickly where we detect advisors who undermine the integrity of the system or facilitate non-compliance by large business. Whilst we are not the regulator of the tax profession, we have teams with responsibility for monitoring and addressing advisor behaviours.

    Ultimately, we’re interested in tax risk. In this respect, we are agnostic as to which advisor a business may choose. However, if an advisor is directly linked to possible facilitation and promotion of tax schemes or is influencing their clients to adopt high risk tax positions, we will take action. This may include seeking the client list of the advisor and using that as a basis for determining the targets of our compliance activity. In this way, we can shut down schemes more quickly and effectively.

    An important part of our approach to large business is to provide transparency to taxpayers on our risk parameters. This includes working with the tax profession to explain areas of concern at an early stage, to support them in providing appropriate advice to taxpayers. This enables taxpayers to make informed decisions about their levels of compliance risk. Our goal is to only have taxpayers entering into disputes with us where they know what our position is and have made a conscious decision to operate contrary to it.

    We accept that there will be differences of opinion on the operation of the law. However, we expect advisors to clearly articulate the risk of dispute with the ATO to their clients when providing advice. This is consistent with the principles in the Large Market Advisor Principles and other professional obligations such as the recent Revisions to the Code Addressing Tax Planning and Related ServicesExternal Link released by the International Ethical Standards Board for AccountantsExternal Link.

    Behaviours we have seen that cause us concern for GST include practitioners who advise clients to claim refunds without appropriate evidence to substantiate the claims or which are contrary to published ATO views without making their client fully aware of the tax technical and tax administrative risks of that course, and even in some cases, that it might not align with (or be directly contrary to) the client’s tax governance and tax risk policies. We note that commonly such arrangements are associated with retrospective input tax credit claims, with the adviser’s fees being calculated as a percentage of GST refund received. 

    Whilst not illegal, these business models bring high levels of risk for businesses. We have long been concerned with the exercise of “grave digging”. We have an even greater level of concern when there is a lack of substantiation and taxpayers seemingly are not advised of the legal and compliance risk associated with the activities.

    We have also observed issues with independence requirements of initiatives in our justified trust program. In an attempt to help businesses, we introduced an initiative that allowed businesses to engage an independent agent to conduct data testing as an alternative to the ATO doing this. Engaging an advisor on a contingency fee basis in these circumstances represents a clear conflict of interest and cannot be independent. We have since updated our guidance to reflect this.

    The solution is not to put in place arrangements that seemingly separate the ‘grave digging’ activity from the independent data testing engagement. We will not accept these engagements as being independent either.

    We want to actively support the vast bulk of advisors that are doing the right thing and prevent those operating in the grey space from gaining a commercial advantage. We recognise the important work that tax professionals do in supporting large business GST compliance, and we value the strong relationships we have with the profession. This includes your engagement with us in the development of our approaches via consultation. We will continue to invest in growing this partnership.

    Introducing the supplementary annual GST return

    As our programs gain maturity and we continue to see the embedding of positive behaviours, in particular improved governance and systems controls, being embedded in business we are able to move toward a new phase for our justified trust programs.

    A key part of our vision for future engagement with the market is the introduction of the supplementary annual GST return. We recently announced the introduction of this return following consultation with the Large Business Stewardship Group and other stakeholders.

    The return allows us to collect information from business that allows us to more readily identify changes in business and GST positions. As we have again noted today, governance and systems is the key risk for most businesses in the large market. Having observed improvements in this aspect, are considering moving to a more targeted risk-based type approach for suitable taxpayers. However, we first need to be confident that the relevant standards are maintained.

    The return will allow us to monitor this without having to conduct one on one engagements for all taxpayers. The good news for highly compliant businesses is that if you maintain your standard and lodge the return, you can reduce the likelihood of intensive justified trust reviews. For some in the Top 1000 program, you may not be selected for a justified trust review for GST.

    The return is straightforward to complete and targeted at understanding how taxpayers have actioned recommendations from our earlier review, and key updates on governance and GST compliance for the year. It will also effectively give a single view of GST risk for the entity in a similar way to how the Reportable Tax Position Schedule gives a view of key corporate tax risks to the organisation and the ATO.

    Information requested

    We have recently provided detailed guidance and a copy of the return on our website.

    The way the supplementary annual GST return is designed to work, where we obtain a baseline level of assurance over a taxpayer as part of our assurance programs, and we can maintain the level of confidence that we have in the taxpayer’s investment in correct reporting and GST governance through the supplementary annual GST return, we can use this to tailor our future engagement.

    There are five parts to the return:

    • how the entity has actioned recommendations, areas of low assurance or red flags outlined by the ATO in their most recent GST assurance review (including any subsequent interactions with us)
    • whether the entity has maintained or increased their level of GST governance, and any material business changes or material systems changes impacting their GST control framework since their last GST assurance review
    • the reconciliation between the entity’s audited financial statements and annualised business activity statements
    • whether the entity has taken any material uncertain GST positions in the period – this includes positions which are about as likely to be correct as incorrect, even if they are reasonably arguable, positions contrary to an ATO public ruling or other ATO public advice and guidance, contrary to a private ruling, or to which an ATO Taxpayer alert or moderate or high risk rating under a Practical Compliance Guideline apply
    • and finally, whether the entity has identified any material GST errors in the period and how these have been rectified, and whether the entity has claimed any material amounts of input tax credits in the period that were referable to earlier periods due to a change in GST treatment.

    How we will use the information

    For Top 100 taxpayers, we will use the information to:

    • monitor your GST disclosures and outcomes in the intervening 3 years between assurance reviews, and
    • inform the scope and intensity of our GST assurance reviews, including refresh reviews.

    As we complete some more refresh reviews for this population over the coming 12 months, we will be able to better assess whether positive behaviours, and in particular improvements to governance, remain embedded within business. Assuming this level of confidence increases, we see opportunity for an even greater role for return in determining the level of our investment in the justified trust program in this population.

    For Top 1000 taxpayers:

    • Under our differentiated approach to Combined Assurance Reviews, we’ll assess the responses to the returns to determine the level of intensity for the next GST assurance review.
    • This may result in a less intensive GST assurance review or we may decide that a GST assurance review is not required, where the following requirements are met:
      • the taxpayer has obtained an overall medium or high assurance rating for GST
      • a stage 2 or 3 GST governance rating in their most recent assurance review
      • there are no unresolved ATO or client next actions, and
      • where the information provided in the return enables us to maintain confidence that their investment in GST governance is maintained and that GST is correctly reported.
    • Taxpayers who obtained an overall low GST assurance rating or a stage 1 GST governance rating will be subject to a GST assurance review when selected under our Combined Assurance Review program.

    Timing of lodgment

    To help support full implementation of this new requirement, we will undertake a pilot of the return with a small number of Top 100 and Top 1000 taxpayers as part of their assurance reviews. This will enable us to test the usability of the questions as part of their assurance reviews prior to the broader roll-out. If you are part of this group, we will reach out to you soon.

    All taxpayers who received a GST assurance review report by 30 June 2024 will need to lodge annually from the 2025 financial year. The key due dates for the first lodgments for the 2025 financial year include 21 August 2025 for December balancers, and 21 February 2026 for June balancers.

    You’ll be required to lodge a Supplementary annual GST return for the 2024–25 financial year if you received one of the following on or before 30 June 2024:

    • Top 100 GST Assurance Report
    • Top 1,000 Combined Assurance Review report with a GST assurance rating
    • Top 1,000 GST Streamlined Assurance Review.

    We will have a direct communication campaign to notify those who need to lodge. I encourage you to read our webpage material and to raise any questions with us at SAGR@ato.gov.au.

    Moving forward, as we assure additional taxpayers under our programs, they will be required to lodge a return starting from the financial year following the financial year you received your GST assurance report. The introduction of the return emphasises the benefits of obtaining higher assurance ratings in the initial assurance review, as in combination with the information provided annually, this puts the entity in the best position for streamlined future engagement with us for GST.

    Conclusion

    Reflecting on the last five years, the ATO and large business have made substantial progress in being able to demonstrate and improve GST compliance. The ATO has invested heavily in key initiatives that provide greater and better targeted tax certainty for large businesses (including in relation to governance and tax frameworks). We are observing strong positive signs (and in some cases improvements) of compliance. As a result, we are starting to envisage the future of GST compliance for large business, one where the intensity and in some case frequency of our justified trust reviews can be lessened. However, for this to occur we need objective evidence of high levels of compliance, we need to be confident these levels can be sustained, and we need information that will allow us to monitor ongoing GST performance. We continue to encourage large business to help us achieve this.

    MIL OSI News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Australia: eInvoicing-enabled entities

    Source: Australian Department of Revenue

    These Australian Government entities are registered on the Peppol network. They appear on the Peppol Directory along with hundreds of state, territory and local government organisations, and thousands of other Australian businesses who can receive eInvoices.

    If you supply to any of the entities listed below and can send eInvoices you may be paid faster. For more information visit Getting PaidExternal Link on the Department of Finance’s website or talk to your contract manager in the Government entity about any specific requirements.

    Categories24/7, Australia, Australian Department of Revenue, Australian Government, Economics, Economy, MIL-OSI, Revenue

    Post navigation

    Australian Government entities able to receive eInvoices

    ABN

    Entity name

    73 147 176 148

    Administrative Review Tribunal

    80 246 994 451

    Aged Care Quality and Safety Commission

    50 802 255 175

    Asbestos and Silica Safety and Eradication Agency

    92 661 124 436

    Attorney-General’s Department

    26 331 428 522

    Australian Bureau of Statistics

    34 864 955 427

    Australian Centre for International Agriculture Research

    54 488 464 865

    Australian Charities and Not-for-profits Commission

    97 250 687 371

    Australian Commission on Safety and Quality In Health Care

    55 386 169 386

    Australian Communications and Media Authority

    94 410 483 623

    Australian Competition & Consumer Commission

    11 259 448 410

    Australian Crime Commission

    84 425 496 912

    Australian Digital Health Agency

    21 133 285 851

    Australian Electoral Commission

    17 864 931 143

    Australian Federal Police

    19 892 732 021

    Australian Film Television & Radio School

    63 384 330 717

    Australian Financial Security Authority

    81 098 497 517

    Australian Fisheries Management Authority

    69 405 937 639

    Australian Government Solicitor

    47 996 232 602

    Australian Human Rights Commission

    31 162 998 046

    Australian Industrial Chemicals Introduction Scheme

    63 257 175 248

    Australian Institute of Criminology

    64 001 053 079

    Australian Institute of Family Studies

    65 377 938 320

    Australian Maritime Safety Authority

    33 020 645 631

    Australian National Audit Office

    13 059 525 039

    Australian Office of Financial Management

    56 253 405 315

    Australian Organ & Tissue Donation and Transplantation Authority

    79 635 582 658

    Australian Prudential Regulation Authority

    99 470 863 260

    Australian Public Service Commission

    61 321 195 155

    Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency (ARPANSA)

    35 931 927 899

    Australian Renewable Energy Agency

    35 201 451 156

    Australian Research Council

    86 768 265 615

    Australian Securities & Investments Commission

    37 467 566 201

    Australian Security Intelligence Organisation

    22 323 254 583

    Australian Signals Directorate

    72 581 678 650

    Australian Skills Quality Authority

    67 374 695 240

    Australian Sports Commission

    67 250 046 148

    Australian Submarine Agency

    51 824 753 556

    Australian Taxation Office

    11 764 698 227

    Australian Trade and Investment Commission

    32 770 513 371

    Australian Transaction Reports & Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC)

    65 061 156 887

    Australian Transport Safety Bureau

    64 909 221 257

    Australian War Memorial

    92 637 533 532

    Bureau of Meteorology

    21 075 951 918

    Cancer Australia

    44 808 014 470

    Civil Aviation Safety Authority

    43 669 904 352

    Clean Energy Finance Corporation

    72 321 984 210

    Clean Energy Regulator

    60 585 018 782

    Climate Change Authority

    41 640 788 304

    Comcare Australia

    64 703 642 210

    Commonwealth Grants Commission

    34 190 894 983

    Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry

    68 706 814 312

    Department of Defence

    69 289 134 420

    Department of Defence Army & Air Force Canteen Service

    12 862 898 150

    Department of Education

    96 584 957 427

    Department of Employment and Workplace Relations

    61 970 632 495

    Department of Finance

    47 065 634 525

    Department of Foreign Affairs & Trade

    83 605 426 759

    Department of Health and Aged Care

    33 380 054 835

    Department of Home Affairs

    74 599 608 295

    Department of Industry, Science and Resources

    86 267 354 017

    Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts

    52 997 141 147

    Department of Parliamentary Services

    36 342 015 855

    Department of Social Services

    18 526 287 740

    Department of the House of Representatives

    49 775 240 532

    Department of the Parliamentary Budget Office

    23 991 641 527

    Department of the Senate

    92 802 414 793

    Department of the Treasury

    23 964 290 824

    Department of Veterans’ Affairs & the Repatriation Commission and the Military Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission

    96 257 979 159

    Digital Transformation Agency

    13 051 694 963

    Director of National Parks

    99 696 833 561

    Domestic, Family and Sexual Violence Commission

    12 212 931 598

    eSafety Commissioner

    93 614 579 199

    Fair Work Commission

    49 110 847 399

    Federal Court of Australia

    20 537 066 246

    Food Standards Australia New Zealand

    40 465 597 854

    Future Fund Board of Guardians

    53 156 699 293

    Future Fund Management Agency

    80 091 799 039

    Geoscience Australia

    12 949 356 885

    Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority

    27 598 959 960

    Independent Health and Aged Care Pricing Authority

    26 424 781 530

    Independent Parliamentary Expenses Authority

    59 912 679 254

    Indigenous Land and Sea Corporation

    51 248 702 319

    Inspector-General of Taxation

    38 113 072 755

    IP Australia

    13 679 821 382

    Murray-Darling Basin Authority

    47 446 409 542

    National Anti-Corruption Commission

    36 889 228 992

    National Archives of Australia

    87 361 602 478

    National Blood Authority

    75 149 374 427

    National Capital Authority

    56 552 760 098

    National Competition Council

    25 617 475 104

    National Disability Insurance Agency

    40 816 261 802

    National Emergency Management Agency

    27 855 975 449

    National Gallery of Australia

    88 601 010 284

    National Health and Medical Research Council

    15 337 761 242

    National Health Funding Body

    30 429 895 164

    National Indigenous Australians Agency

    22 385 178 289

    National Offshore Petroleum Safety and Environmental Management Authority

    67 890 861 578

    National Transport Commission

    72 581 678 650

    National Vocational Education and Training Regulator

    40 293 545 182

    NDIS Quality and Safeguards Commission

    61 900 398 761

    North Queensland Water Infrastructure Authority

    87 904 367 991

    Office of National Intelligence

    41 425 630 817

    Office of Parliamentary Counsel

    80 959 780 601

    Office of the Auditing and Assurance Standards Board

    92 702 019 575

    Office of the Australian Accounting Standards Board

    85 249 230 937

    Office of the Australian Information Commissioner

    53 003 678 148

    Office of the Commonwealth Ombudsman

    41 036 606 436

    Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions

    43 884 188 232

    Office of the Fair Work Ombudsman

    15 862 053 538

    Office of the Gene Technology Regulator

    27 478 662 745

    Office Of the Inspector-General of Aged Care

    67 332 668 643

    Office of the Inspector-General of Intelligence & Security

    67 582 329 284

    Office of the Official Secretary to the Governor-General

    87 767 208 148

    Office of the Special Investigator

    30 620 774 963

    Old Parliament House

    78 094 372 050

    Productivity Commission

    45 307 308 260

    Professional Services Review

    99 528 049 038

    Regional Investment Corporation

    45 852 104 259

    Royal Australian Mint

    25 203 754 319

    Rural Industries Research & Development Corporation

    81 840 374 163

    Safe Work Australia

    46 741 353 180

    Screen Australia

    32 745 854 352

    Seafarers Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Authority

    90 794 605 008

    Services Australia

    17 090 574 431

    Snowy Hydro Limited

    91 314 398 574

    Special Broadcasting Service Corporation

    70 588 505 483

    Sport Integrity Australia

    50 658 250 012

    Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency

    18 108 001 191

    The Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet

    40 939 406 804

    Therapeutic Goods Administration

    57 155 285 807

    Torres Strait Regional Authority

    47 641 643 874

    Workplace Gender Equality Agency

    MIL OSI News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Ministers aim to create ‘top destination for women’s sport investment’

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    • English
    • Cymraeg

    Four Welsh organisations benefit from a UK government investment scheme as UK Government ministers seek to create a ‘top destination’ for women’s sport.

    Cricket ball next to a boundary rope.

    • Four Welsh organisations benefit from UK government investment scheme as ministers seek to create ‘top destination’ for women’s sport.
    • The Genero Adran Football League, Cardiff Dragons netball team, Celtic Challenge Rugby Union competition and England and Wales Women’s Cricket are all beneficiaries of the scheme.
    • Welsh Secretary says: “It’s really important that the UK Government develops schemes like this to make sure our female sportspeople get the investment they need to achieve success.”

    Four Welsh women’s sport organisations are set for a boost after being named as part of a UK Government scheme to grow investment in elite women’s clubs and leagues as part of a new pledge to make the UK the world’s top destination for women’s sport investment.

    The Department for Business and Trade will today [Wednesday 23rd October] launch the 2024-25 Women’s Sport Investment Accelerator scheme, which will bring over 20 elite leagues, competitions and teams together with investors and industry experts to help them secure transformational investment and sponsorships.

    It will provide them with comprehensive market insights, seminars, connections and networking opportunities over a series of sessions, led by the Department for Business and Trade in collaboration with Deloitte, which will give them the tools and expert insight to help them attract investment and grow their business.

    Elite rightsholders in Wales, the Genero Adran League, Cardiff Dragons, Celtic Challenge and England and Wales Women’s Cricket have been named to take part in the scheme. The announcement will be made at a sport investment conference at Rothschild & Co today, involving leaders from major UK sports and some the world’s most prominent international investors.

    Secretary of State for Wales, Jo Stevens, said:

    Wales has a proud history of producing world class female athletes and it’s fantastic to see this scheme being set up to encourage investment in women’s sport and help develop the stars of the future.

    Women’s sport has long been underfunded to it’s really important that the UK Government develops schemes like this to make sure our female sportspeople get the investment they need to achieve success.

    Wales Netball & Cardiff Dragons CEO, Vicki Sutton, said:

    Being part of the Department of Business and Trade and Deloitte Programme for the last year has been incredibly beneficial for netball in Wales and for my development and understanding as a leader in the sports sector.

    Women’s sport is on the rise and this programme has come at exactly the right time to compliment the worldwide movement currently in progress.

    Minister for Investment Poppy Gustafsson said: 

    The UK is already an elite home of women’s sport, and my goal is to make us the top destination for women’s sport investment.  

    The launch of this scheme, a week after our record-breaking International Investment Summit, shows the UK is truly the best place to do business in this fast-growing industry. 

    Off the back of the latest figures showing the industry could be worth over £1 billion this year, I’m looking forward to speaking to investors and clubs, leagues and teams today about how the Accelerator can drive this growth even further.” 

    Deloitte Sports Business Group Lead Partner Tim Bridge said:

    We’re witnessing a surge in investment opportunities within women’s sport. The rise of dedicated funds and brand sponsorships for women’s and girls’ clubs, leagues and competitions signals a powerful shift.

    The Accelerator programme has been built to connect investors and brands with these opportunities, showcasing the strength and remarkable growth potential of women’s sport. This influx of investment will be instrumental in driving professionalisation and boosting participation across the UK, creating a lasting impact for women’s sport at all levels while delivering significant economic returns.

    The scheme will capitalise on the rapid growth of the women’s sport industry, which is expected to be worth over £1 billion by the end of the year according to Deloitte, marking a 300 percent increase since 2021.

    The Government’s pledge to make the UK the top destination for women’s sport investment comes after the record-breaking International Investment Summit held just last week, which secured £63 billion of private investment into the UK which will create over 38,000 new jobs across the country.

    Full list of the elite sports represented in the 2024-25 Women’s Sport Investment Accelerator: 

    • Football 
    • Cricket 
    • Rugby union 
    • Rugby league 
    • Tennis 
    • Golf 
    • Netball 
    • Volleyball 
    • Cycling

    Share this page

    The following links open in a new tab

    • Share on Facebook (opens in new tab)
    • Share on Twitter (opens in new tab)

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 October 2024

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: St. Louis area state parks and historic sites host fun fall activities

    Source: US State of Missouri

    JEFFERSON CITY, MO, OCT. 18, 2024 – Fall fun abounds at Missouri state parks and historic sites. From Halloween hikes to spooktacular events, there’s something for everyone!

    Friday, Oct. 18 at 6:30 p.m. – Halloween Night Hike at Mastodon State Historic Site.
    Celebrate Halloween with a family-friendly night hike at Mastodon State Historic Site! Participants will cover some non-spooky Halloween topics. Don’t worry – no jump scares here! Meet at the start of the Spring Branch Trail, located in the picnic area at 1800 Seckman Road in Imperial. From there, participants will hike the 0.8-mile loop, featuring an accessible packed gravel surface. Those attending are invited to wear a non-scary, family friendly Halloween costume. Costume or not, you should come dressed for the weather and wear sturdy closed-toe shoes and bring a flashlight. Space is limited and registration is required. To register, call or text 636-215-9784 or visit icampmo.com.

    Saturday, Oct. 19, 9 a.m. – 9 p.m. – Spooktacular Halloween at Meramec State Park.
    Meramec State Park is hosting its annual Spooktacular Halloween event on Saturday, Oct. 19. Join the park team for a coloring contest, a scavenger hunt, pumpkin carving, trick-or-treating, a movie and more! This will be held in the park campground at 115 Meramec Park Drive in Sullivan. The event is free, open to the public and registration is not required.

    Saturday, Oct. 19, 10 a.m. – 4 p.m. – International Archaeology Day at Mastodon State Historic Site.
    Celebrate International Archaeology Day at Mastodon State Historic Site. All the free interpretive programs will be accessible from the museum parking lot at 1050 Charles J. Becker Drive in Imperial.

    Registration is required for the Archaeological Evidence program, but not for the afternoon programs. Starting at 10 a.m. in the museum auditorium, visitors can learn about archaeological evidence with a hands-on program. Participants will learn how to order evidence and how to sort facts from inferences and opinions. They will also have the opportunity to interpret a mock archaeology site. This program is designed for families with elementary-aged children, but all are welcome. Space is limited and registration is required and can be done by calling or texting 636-215-9784. At 1 p.m., guests can discover archaeological sites around the world in this interpreter-led presentation, “Archaeology Around the World.” From 3 – 4 p.m., try your hand at the ancient hunting technique of atlatl throwing. In the event of rain or other inclement weather, this program will be canceled.

    Saturday, Oct. 19, noon – 3 p.m. – Bones, Graveyards and Burials at First Missouri State Capitol State Historic Site.
    The leaves are falling, winds are howling, and ghostly spirits are calling in St. Charles, Missouri. It’s the perfectly creepy, chilly time of year to join the First Missouri State Capitol State Historic Site team and archaeologist for an eerie program exploring mysterious customs and the stranger side of burials. So, come learn about the interestingly spooky secrets beneath your feet and beyond! Presenters will cover topics ranging from specific challenges archaeologists face when they come across a burial, to the difference between a graveyard and a cemetery, to the history of the expression “saved by the bell.” Throughout the program, they will discuss local burials and archaeological digs that occurred right here in St. Charles. Members of the Archaeological Institute of America will also be on hand providing programs in honor of International Archaeology Day. Join the free program in the backyard of the historic site located at 200 S. Main St. in St. Charles.

    Monday, Oct. 21, 10 a.m. and 1 p.m. – Homeschool Hour: Outdoor Literature at Mastodon State Historic Site.
    Homeschoolers are invited to join the team at Mastodon State Historic Site for fun, educational activities. Each Homeschool Hour has two time slots, with the 10 a.m. slot for all ages, while the 1 p.m. slot is strictly for homeschoolers ages 10 and up and includes more advanced activities. Registration is required and space is limited. To register, call 636-464-2976 or visit icampmo.com (morning session) or icampmo.com (afternoon session). The majority of this session will take place outside, so dress appropriately. Mastodon State Historic Site is located at 1050 Charles J. Becker Drive in Imperial.

    Thursday, Oct. 24 at 10 a.m. – Toddler Thursdays at Mastodon State Historic Site.
    Come learn, create and play at Mastodon State Historic Site. Designed for toddlers and their grown-ups, Toddler Thursdays focus on different topics and include activities and a craft. Join the team in the museum auditorium at 1050 Charles J. Becker Drive.

    Thursday, Oct. 24 at 10 a.m. – St. Francois Adventure School: Bugs at St. Francois State Park.
    Our world is full of fascinating bugs. Homeschoolers and their adults are invited to join the park naturalists to get an up-close look at some of our tiny friends that have six, eight or more legs! The day begins at 9:45 a.m. with check-in at the campground amphitheater, followed by the first portion of the program at 10 a.m. After a discussion on the diverse world of insects, spiders and other arthropods, we will head out on Swimming Deer Trail to see if we can get a bug bingo. Students ages 5-8 will have a 0.25-mile hike while students ages 9-14 will have a 2-mile hike. Each child must be accompanied by a parent or guardian at all times, especially on the trail. Strollers will not be allowed on the trail. Registration is required and space is limited. To register, call 573-358-2173 or visit icampmo.com (ages 5-8) or icampmo.com (ages 9-14). St. Francois State Park is located at 8920 U.S. Highway 67 N. in Bonne Terre.

    Saturday, Oct. 26 and Sunday, Oct. 27, 10 a.m. – 10 a.m. – Babler’s Halloween Weekend at Dr. Edmund A. Babler Memorial State Park.
    This event is free, open to the public and registration is not required. Dr. Edmund A. Babler Memorial State Park is located at 800 Guy Park Drive in Wildwood.

    The weekend schedule follows:

    Saturday, Oct. 26
    10 a.m. – Wile E. Coyote – Speed on over to the park to learn about Missouri’s wiliest mammals yet: coyotes. Meet at the visitor center at 10 a.m.
    2 p.m. – Slither Me Timbers – Slither on over to meet one of Babler’s resident snakes and learn more about snakes, including how they are beneficial to you. Meet at the visitor center.
    4-8 p.m. – Babler’s Howl-oween – Trick-or-treating will be at the visitor center.
    8 p.m. – Camper Judging – Any camper who wants to participate in the Halloween decorating contest will be rated by a panel of judges. Judging starts at 8 p.m.

    Sunday, Oct. 27
    10 a.m. – Batty Business – Join an interpreter in learning about Missouri’s only flying mammals. Meet at the visitor center.

    Saturday, Oct. 26, 5-8 p.m. – St. Francois Halloween at St. Francois State Park.
    Everyone is invited to partake in some Halloween fun at the St. Francois State Park campground at 8920 U.S. Highway 67 N in Bonne Terre, Missouri. From 5-6 p.m., there will be a costume contest. The costume contest photo booth will run from 5-6 p.m. at the campground amphitheater stage, so stop by and get entered in the contest. There will be five categories: 0-3 years old, 4-7 years old, 8-12 years old, 13 years and older, and best group costume. Please keep the costumes family-friendly. From 6:30-8 p.m., trick-or-treating is open to the general public and will take place in the park campground. Driving through the campground will not be permitted during these hours. Participating campsites will be given a Halloween placard to post. Campers are responsible for providing their own candy to hand out and trick-or-treaters should bring a flashlight and bag for candy. At 8 p.m., the best decorated campsite award will be presented.

    Saturday, Oct. 26, 10 a.m. – 4 p.m. – Rural Heritage Day at Felix Vallé House State Historic Site.
    Join the fun at Ste. Genevieve’s annual Rural Heritage Day. This festival celebrates rural Ste. Genevieve and features activities that allow participants to explore the area’s cultural history. Activities include free self-guided tours of the Felix Vallé House at 198 Merchant St. in Ste. Genevieve as well as live demonstrations and hands-on activities in the Shaw House courtyard. This is a communitywide event with multiple locations in downtown Ste. Genevieve hosting public programs.

    Saturday, Oct. 26, 2 – 8 p.m. – Halloween Hootenanny at Washington State Park.
    Come out to Washington State Park, located at 13041 State Highway 104 in De Soto, for the park’s annual Halloween Hootenanny.

    This year’s event schedule is as follows:

    2 p.m. – Web Master: Nature’s Greatest Artist – Join the park team at the amphitheater for a closer look at the life of an arachnid. Journey through the different species and have a closer look at Missouri spiders.
    4 p.m. – Haunted Happenings – Meet in front of the showerhouse, where you can sit back, relax and enjoy popcorn around the campfire as the park team shares spooky stories.
    6 p.m. – Masks and Mayhem – Campers and non-campers alike are invited to dress up and meet at Campsite #2, and trick or treat their way around the campground loop. Registered campers are also invited to participate in the campsite decorating contest.

    For detailed information on any of these activities, please visit mostateparks.com/events. For more information on state parks and historic sites, visit mostateparks.com. Missouri State Parks is a division of the Missouri Department of Natural Resources.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: AFRICA/MOZAMBIQUE – Presidential and parliamentary elections: Bishops denounce irregularities and violence

    Source: Agenzia Fides – MIL OSI

    Maputo (Agenzia Fides) – “The post-election period was marked by a cowardly attack to silence, if not the truth, then at least democracy”. With these words, the Episcopal Conference of Mozambique condemned the murder of the two members of the opposition party PODEMOS, Elvino Dias and Paulo Guambe, killed in an ambush after the parliamentary elections on October 9 (see Fides, 22/10/2024).”We condemn the barbaric murder of two political figures, because it recalls, with similar methods, other murders of political or civil society figures, also linked to opposition parties, that took place following previous elections,” said the Mozambican bishops in their statement of October 22.The bishops also complain that there were serious irregularities in the election on October 9, such as “serious fraud, repeated insertion of ballot papers that had already been cast into the ballot box, falsification of news.” Following the allegations of alleged electoral fraud and in connection with the murder of the two opposition representatives, protests broke out in Maputo and other cities on October 21, which were violently suppressed by the police. According to the Mozambican Business Association, the day of protest had serious economic consequences, with a loss of 203 million euros for the private sector.The bishops are meanwhile calling for the right to demonstrate to be respected, but are appealing to the young demonstrators not to allow themselves to be instrumentalized in acts of violence.In conclusion, the Bishops’ Conference notes that “more than half of the registered voters did not go to the polls”, stressing that “we have experienced the highest abstention in our history of multi-party elections, which seems to indicate that the irregularities and fraud recorded in previous elections have shown a large part of the population that their will expressed at the ballot box is not respected and the exercise of this important civil right is useless”.In conclusion, the Bishops called on everyone to take the path of forgiveness and courage towards the truth in order to return the country to normality. So far only some partial results of the election have been published, which point to a victory for FRELIMO, the party that has been in power since independence in 1975. The final official results are expected tomorrow, October 25. (L.M.) (Agenzia Fides, 24/10/2024)
    Share:

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Security: Final Defendant Pleads Guilty, Three Others Sentenced in Upstate Meth Trafficking Case

    Source: United States Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco Firearms and Explosives (ATF)

    SPARTANBURG, S.C. — Three members of an Upstate drug ring have been sentenced to federal prison and the final member has pleaded guilty for their role in a methamphetamine trafficking conspiracy.

    Richard Brian Walker, 49, of Chesnee, was sentenced to 270 months’ imprisonment. Walker additionally pled guilty to possession of a firearm by a convicted felon, possession of a short-barreled rifle, and possession of a firearm in furtherance of a drug trafficking crime. 

    Rebecca Elizabeth Whitesides, 54, of Mooresboro, N.C., 120 months’ imprisonment. Whitesides also pled guilty to money laundering. 

    Amanda Gail Tuck, 45, of Chesnee, was sentenced to 70 months’ imprisonment.

    The final defendant Jeffrey Michael Wilson, 54, of Commerce, Georgia pled guilty to conspiracy to traffic methamphetamine and to possession with intent to distribute methamphetamine. Wilson was convicted in a prior federal methamphetamine conspiracy case in 2000.

    Evidence presented to the court showed that on Jan. 18, 2023, Spartanburg County Sheriff’s Office deputies pulled over Whitesides on I-85 and searched her car, finding almost two kilograms of methamphetamine. Investigation into her bank accounts demonstrated that she was assisting others to conceal payments for drug proceeds.

    On Feb. 22, 2023, Spartanburg County Sheriff’s Office was conducting surveillance on Walker’s home and observed Wilson’s car arrive and leave. Law enforcement conducted a traffic stop on Wilson, locating more than 5,800 grams of methamphetamine and a loaded semi-automatic pistol with 19 rounds. Over the course of the conspiracy, Wilson was responsible for trafficking 50 kilograms of methamphetamine with Walker.

    A search warrant was also executed on Walker’s residence and storage building that day, and investigators located over 500 grams of methamphetamine and 85 grams of fentanyl, a loaded pistol, a rifle, and an unmarked short-barreled AR-15 style rifle, commonly referred to as a “ghost gun.” Tuck was also located on the premises.

    Only a month later, on March 24, 2023, Cherokee County Sheriff’s Office deputies pulled over Tuck and located almost a kilogram of her methamphetamine in a U-Haul truck.

    United States District Judge Donald C. Coggins sentenced the defendants and accepted Wilson’s guilty plea.  The court ordered each sentence to be followed by a term of supervised release. Judge Coggins will sentence Wilson at a later date. The maximum penalty for the offense is life imprisonment. There is no parole in the federal system.

    This prosecution is part of an Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces (OCDETF) investigation. OCDETF identifies, disrupts, and dismantles the highest-level drug traffickers, money launderers, gangs, and transnational criminal organizations that threaten the United States by using a prosecutor-led, intelligence-driven, multi-agency approach that leverages the strengths of federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies against criminal networks. Additional information about the OCDETF Program can be found at https://www.justice.gov/OCDETF.

    This case was investigated by Homeland Security Investigations, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, U.S. Postal Inspection Service, South Carolina Department of Corrections Office of the Inspector General, Spartanburg County Sheriff’s Office, Cherokee County Sheriff’s Office, Greenville County Sheriff’s Office, and Greenville County Multi-Jurisdictional Drug Enforcement Unit. Assistant U.S. Attorney Jamie Schoen is prosecuting the case.

    ###

    MIL Security OSI –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Iterate.ai Partners with Intel, Bringing its AI Manager to Intel AI PCs

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN JOSE, Calif. and DENVER, Oct. 24, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Iterate.ai, whose AI platform enables enterprises to build production-ready AI applications and ready-to-use products for private AI requirements and the AI PC era, has partnered with Intel to bring Generate, Iterate.ai’s secure AI Manager application, to Intel AI PCs.

    From summarizing customer comments to analyzing inventory to providing logo designs and much more, Generate gives businesses an essential personal AI assistant and instant go-to resource for business guidance and generative AI needs. Generate utilizes RAG and multiple secure vector databases and runs LLMs locally on AI PCs using its advanced capabilities. The Generate framework enables businesses to benefit from multiple small and large language models. With this partnership, Intel is including Generate in application bundles for use on Intel Meteor Lake AI PCs and Intel’s upcoming Lunar Lake AI PCs.

    As a private LLM manager and personal AI assistant, Generate utilizes LLMs optimized for Intel’s AI PC architecture to provide businesses with increased productivity and seamless user experiences. Generate can run on a private cloud in an on-premise data center—or even locally on an AI PC, with no internet connection required. That flexibility maximizes the application’s security, prevents data leakage, and conforms to stringent IT regulations. Users can simply point Generate at documents and data in a private cloud or stored locally, ask questions or make requests, and quickly receive results to drive their businesses forward.

    Generate’s capabilities and benefits for businesses include:

    • Analyze Local Documents on AI PCs: Gain insights from legal, employee training, HR, or product documents by asking questions, defining terms, or generating new content with tailored modifications based on existing documents.
    • Private Documents: Keep sensitive information secure and compliant by storing all documents locally—nothing goes to the cloud, ensuring trust and privacy.
    • Vector Database: Efficiently handle spatial queries, indexing, and data analysis for applications like mapping, navigation, and spatial analytics.
    • Document Search: Instantly find and retrieve relevant information for research, reference, or decision-making.
    • Workflow Cards: Leverage LLM-powered workflows to automate tasks—such as searching the web for new data, integrating it with existing documents, and generating updated content.

    “Generate on Intel AI PCs is a business’s ally and oracle when it comes to boosting productivity and navigating decisions that eliminate inefficiency, spur creativity, and drive growth,” said Brian Sathianathan, CTO and co-founder Iterate.ai. “Business owners can ask everything from ‘How do I build an e-commerce site?’ to ‘What are the red flags in this office lease?’ to ‘How can I do SEO well?’ and receive precise answers to their specific business and needs. We’re proud to partner with Intel to provide businesses with this valuable resource.”

    “We are excited to collaborate with Iterate.ai to bring the AI capabilities offered by Generate to Intel AI PCs,” said Justin Christiansen, GM Software and Services Partners at Intel. “This unleashes the productivity benefits of generative AI to Intel AI PC users with enhanced privacy and security as the applications run locally on the device. Users can confidently gain insights and efficiencies leveraging private documents to answer questions, generate content, instantly retrieve information and more.”

    About Iterate.ai

    Iterate.ai is at the forefront of empowering businesses with state-of-the-art AI solutions, like Generate and its AI low code platform, Interplay. Interplay is cloud-agnostic and can run AI on the edge and in secure private environments. With six patents granted (including “drag-and-drop AI”) and nearly a dozen more pending, Iterate.ai’s platform offers corporate innovators a low-risk, systematic way to scale in-house, near-term digital innovation initiatives. With its largest office in San Jose, CA and Denver, CO, Iterate.ai has a global presence with other offices in North America (Texas, Washington, Arizona), Europe (Stockholm), and Asia (India, Sri Lanka, Singapore).

    Contact
    Kyle Peterson
    kyle@clementpeterson.com

    The MIL Network –

    January 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: FACT SHEET: Vice President Harris Announces Record Lending to Small Businesses in 2024 and New Actions to Cut Red Tape and Expand Contracting Opportunities

    US Senate News:

    Source: The White House
    SBA backed over 100,000 small business financings this year—the most in over 15 years
    Today, Vice President Harris announced that the Small Business Administration (SBA) provided a record $56 billion through more than 100,000 small business financings in Fiscal Year (FY) 2024—the most in more than 15 years. The Vice President also announced new actions by the Biden-Harris Administration to cut red tape and expand access to Federal contracting opportunities.
    “Small businesses are the backbone of our economy. And we know that small business owners need access to capital to hire more employees, grow their businesses, and advance innovation,” said Vice President Harris. “Today I am proud to announce that the U.S. Small Business Administration has made record lending to over 100,000 small businesses in the last year, the most by the agency in over 15 years. When small businesses thrive, our local economies thrive.”
    The Biden-Harris Administration has powered a small business boom across the country. Since President Biden and Vice President Harris took office, American entrepreneurs have filed nearly 20 million applications to start new businesses. Business ownership has doubled among Black families and hit a 30-year high for Hispanic families.
    While the Biden-Harris Administration doubles down on supporting this small business boom, Congressional Republicans have repeatedly tried to cut SBA’s funding by nearly a third and want to raise taxes and costs for small businesses by repealing Inflation Reduction Act investments.
    Building on these efforts to support small businesses, Vice President Harris is announcing:
    New Records for Lending to Small Businesses
    The SBA released its 2024 Capital Impact Report, showing that the agency increased its lending to small businesses to a record high $56 billion in FY 2024—a 50% increase over FY 2020. Further, SBA provided over 100,000 small business financings last year—the most in over 15 years. Since FY 2020, SBA has increased lending to underserved businesses including a:
    3x increase in loans to Black-owned businesses
    2.5x increase in loans to Latino-owned businesses
    2x increase in loans to women-owned businesses
    2x increase in small dollar loans (loans of less than $150,000)
    Increasing Access to Federal Contracting Opportunities
    The SBA is proposing new regulations to increase small business participation on multiple award contracts, a popular buying tool used for over 20 percent of all contracting by the Federal Government. The proposed rule will require agencies to set aside orders made under these contracts when two or more small business contract holders are expected to submit competitive offers. Multiple award contracts allow agencies to meet mission needs in a timely, cost-effective manner by awarding task and delivery orders to contract holders using streamlined competitions.
    The SBA proposed rule will require agencies to take steps that make it easier for small businesses to become contract holders on multiple-award contracts where they will then be eligible to compete for task and delivery orders through streamlined competitions. SBA projects that the new rule, if finalized as proposed, will result in up to $6 billion in additional awards to small businesses each year. This new proposed rule will further implement OMB’s January 2024 memo on “Increasing Small Business Participation on Multiple-Award Contracts.” The members of the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council will also be proposing regulatory changes in the near future to implement OMB’s guidance and align with SBA’s rulemaking.
    Direct Support to Meet Businesses’ Individual Needs
    This summer marked the first year of the Capital Readiness Program (CRP), funded by the Minority Business Development Agency (MBDA)’s State Small Business Credit Initiative (SSBCI) and announced by Vice President Harris in August 2023. The CRP is a $125 million investment to help minority and underserved entrepreneurs grow and scale their businesses, the largest-ever direct Federal investment in small business incubators and accelerators of its kind. Today’s data shows the incredible impacts the 43 program awardees have already made in their communities in the first year of the program. Through September 30, 2024, following their efforts to quickly stand-up programs, the 43 awardees have already:
    Enrolled over 6,300 small businesses
    Hosted nearly 2,500 networking events
    Supported the formation of over 2,600 new businesses
    Raised over $260 million in capital for small businesses
    Cutting Red Tape for Small Businesses Seeking Federal Contracts
    The SBA just launched MySBA Certifications to simplify and streamline certifications for small business Federal contractors. The Biden-Harris Administration committed to using every tool at its disposal to reduce administrative burden for small businesses seeking to compete for Federal contracts. Building on this goal, MySBA Certifications is a one-stop-shop that allows small business owners to apply for multiple certifications with a single application, rather than submitting separate applications for the HUBZone, 8(a), Women Owned, and Veteran Owned Small Business Certification programs. SBA also simplified and modernized its application—using plain language, eliminating redundant questions, and reducing documentation requirements—reducing the time to apply by 40% for a single certification and over 70% for multiple certifications. SBA’s new operational efficiencies will reduce processing times across the programs—meaning firms will receive their decisions more quickly and can begin competing for sole-source and set-aside contracts. In FY 2024, SBA certified more than 17,000 small businesses—a single year record and a nearly 40 percent increase over FY 2023. The agency expects to build on this success with MySBA Certifications and significantly grow the base of certified small business government contractors—helping the Federal Government meet the President’s 15 percent small disadvantaged business goal in FY 2025.
    Leveraging Public and Private Capital Through the State Small Business Credit Initiative
    The Department of the Treasury plans to release the 2022-2023 SSBCI Annual Report next week, providing additional background on data first previewed in July 2024. SSBCI is a nearly $10 billion program that is providing investment and support to small businesses across the country. Through 2023, SSBCI had already enabled access to $3.1 billion in public and private financing for thousands of small businesses. The report will show that 75% of transactions supported underserved businesses and 78% supported very small business with fewer than 10 employees through the end of 2023.
    In 2024, local jurisdictions have continued to leverage partnerships to catalyze SSBCI dollars. Efforts include:
    The Access Small Business program by Calvert Impact: This program leverages funds from SSBCI to bring access to capital and technical assistance to underserved small businesses in New York, New Jersey, Nevada, and Washington State, as well as access to capital markets for community lenders. Partners include the Community Reinvestment Fund, Grow America, and the Urban Investment Group at Goldman Sachs Alternatives.
    The Initiative for Inclusive Entrepreneurship (IIE): IIE is a public-private collaboration to ensure the equitable implementation of SSBCI. IIE’s initial 18-month pilot was incubated by Hyphen, a leading national public-private partnership accelerator. The initiative’s implementation partners include Aspen Institute’s Business Ownership Initiative, Founders First Capital Partners, JumpStart, Mission Driven Finance, Next Street, Nowak Metro Finance Lab, and Scale Link. Across IIE programs, the Initiative deployed over $10 million in direct funding and secured over $177 million in loans, loan matches, grants, and private capital. Additionally, Mission Driven Finance announced the Indigenous Futures Fund, combining a target of $25 million in credit and $2 million in grants to support Tribal SSBCI recipients. Starting in July 2024, the Milken Institute began serving as IIE’s new home.
    Tribal Consortia: In August 2024, SSBCI announced a consortium of 125 Alaska Tribes, the nation’s largest Tribal SSBCI consortium and part of the most expansive investment in small business financing for Tribal governments in history. In total, four Tribal consortium representing 170 Tribes have been awarded $124 million in SSBCI Capital Program funds to support investments in Tribal enterprises and small businesses. Partnerships among Tribal Nations are important to expanding the reach of SSBCI.
    Supportive Business Services: In September and October 2024, Treasury announced 14 awards to 12 states and two Tribal governments through the $75 million Investing in America Small Business Opportunity Program (SBOP). SBOP grantees will provide legal, accounting, and financial advisory services to small businesses in a wide range of industries and will engage at least 34 partners for program deployment.
    Developing New Tools to Help Small Businesses Access Capital, Customers, and Technical Assistance
    The Interagency Community Investment Committee (ICIC) developed fifteen state-specific small business resource guides, covering over 55 programs offered by nine federal agencies. The guides are intended to help small businesses identify federally-supported sources of capital and technical assistance available in their communities, and help direct businesses to federal contracting and tax resources. ICIC leadership has been conducting a series of virtual events in October with small business owners to talk about the Biden-Harris Administration’s small business programs and these new resource guides.

    MIL OSI USA News –

    January 25, 2025
←Previous Page
1 … 461 462 463 464 465 … 531
Next Page→
NewzIntel.com

NewzIntel.com

MIL Open Source Intelligence

  • Blog
  • About
  • FAQs
  • Authors
  • Events
  • Shop
  • Patterns
  • Themes

Twenty Twenty-Five

Designed with WordPress